1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
70 #include "thread-fsm.h"
71 #include "tid-parse.h"
73 /* readline include files */
74 #include "readline/readline.h"
75 #include "readline/history.h"
77 /* readline defines this. */
80 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
81 #include "extension.h"
84 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
85 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
105 void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
109 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
111 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
113 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
116 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
117 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
118 enum bptype type_wanted
);
120 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
121 struct linespec_result
*,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
123 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
128 static void decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
129 const struct event_location
*location
,
130 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
131 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
);
133 static void clear_command (char *, int);
135 static void catch_command (char *, int);
137 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
139 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
141 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
143 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
145 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
146 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
147 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
149 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
151 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
152 struct symtab_and_line
,
154 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
156 static struct breakpoint
*
157 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
159 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
162 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
164 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
168 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
169 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
170 struct obj_section
*, int);
172 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
173 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
175 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
176 struct address_space
*aspace
,
179 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
180 struct address_space
*,
183 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
185 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
187 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
188 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
190 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
192 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
194 static void commands_command (char *, int);
196 static void condition_command (char *, int);
198 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
199 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
201 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
203 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
205 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
207 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
209 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
211 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
213 int *other_type_used
);
215 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
217 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
219 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
222 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
224 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
226 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
228 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
230 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
231 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
232 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
234 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
236 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
237 insert locations now. */
238 enum ugll_insert_mode
240 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
241 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
242 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
243 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
244 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
245 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
246 returns true on them.
248 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
249 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
250 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
251 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
252 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
253 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
257 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
258 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
261 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
262 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
263 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
264 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
265 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
266 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
267 as no thread is running yet. */
271 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
273 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
275 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
277 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
279 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
281 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
283 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
285 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
287 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
289 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
291 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
293 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
295 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
298 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
300 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
301 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
302 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
303 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
305 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
306 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
308 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
309 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
311 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
312 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
314 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
316 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
318 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
319 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
321 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
322 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
324 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
325 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
326 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
327 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
328 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
329 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
331 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
332 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
333 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
334 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
340 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
342 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
343 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
344 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
345 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
347 static char *dprintf_function
;
349 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
350 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
351 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
352 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
353 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
354 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
355 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
357 static char *dprintf_channel
;
359 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
361 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
363 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
364 breakpoints share a single command list. */
365 struct counted_command_line
367 /* The reference count. */
370 /* The command list. */
371 struct command_line
*commands
;
374 struct command_line
*
375 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
377 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
380 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
381 current breakpoint. */
383 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
386 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
388 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
389 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
391 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
393 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
396 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
397 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
398 if such is available. */
399 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
402 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
403 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
406 fprintf_filtered (file
,
407 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
408 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
412 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
413 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
414 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
415 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
416 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
418 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
419 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
422 fprintf_filtered (file
,
423 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
424 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
428 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
429 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
430 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
431 use hardware breakpoints. */
432 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
434 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
435 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
438 fprintf_filtered (file
,
439 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
443 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
444 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
445 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
446 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
447 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
448 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
449 processing user input. */
450 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
453 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
454 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
456 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
460 /* See breakpoint.h. */
463 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
465 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
467 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
468 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
469 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
472 else if (target_has_execution
)
474 struct thread_info
*tp
;
476 if (always_inserted_mode
)
478 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
483 if (threads_are_executing ())
486 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
487 stopped, we still have events to process. */
488 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
490 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
496 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
498 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
499 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
500 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
501 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
502 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
503 condition_evaluation_auto
,
504 condition_evaluation_host
,
505 condition_evaluation_target
,
509 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
510 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
512 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
513 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
514 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
516 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
517 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
518 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
522 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
524 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
526 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
527 return condition_evaluation_target
;
529 return condition_evaluation_host
;
535 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
538 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
540 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
543 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
547 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
549 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
551 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
554 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
556 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
557 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
559 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
560 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
562 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
563 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
565 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
566 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
567 current breakpoint. */
569 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
571 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
572 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
573 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
576 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
577 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
578 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
580 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
581 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
582 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
585 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
586 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
587 to where the loop should start from.
588 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
589 appropriate location to start with. */
591 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
592 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
593 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
595 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
596 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
599 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
601 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
602 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
603 if (is_tracepoint (B))
605 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
607 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
609 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
611 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
613 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
615 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
617 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
618 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
619 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
620 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
621 an address you need to read. */
623 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
625 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
626 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
627 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
628 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
629 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
631 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
633 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
634 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
635 reported by a target. */
636 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
638 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
640 static int breakpoint_count
;
642 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
643 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
644 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
645 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
646 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
648 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
650 static int tracepoint_count
;
652 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
653 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
654 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
656 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
659 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
662 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
666 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
673 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
675 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
677 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
680 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
683 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
685 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
686 breakpoint_count
= num
;
687 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
690 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
691 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
692 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
694 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
698 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
700 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
703 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
707 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
709 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
712 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
715 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
717 struct breakpoint
*b
;
723 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
724 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
726 static struct counted_command_line
*
727 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
729 struct counted_command_line
*result
= XNEW (struct counted_command_line
);
732 result
->commands
= commands
;
737 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
740 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
746 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
747 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
748 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
751 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
755 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
757 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
764 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
767 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
769 decref_counted_command_line ((struct counted_command_line
**) arg
);
772 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
775 static struct cleanup
*
776 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
778 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
782 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
783 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
786 get_breakpoint (int num
)
788 struct breakpoint
*b
;
791 if (b
->number
== num
)
799 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
800 evaluating conditions on its side. */
803 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
805 struct bp_location
*loc
;
807 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
808 evaluating conditions and if the user has
809 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
811 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
812 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
815 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
818 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
819 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
822 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
823 evaluating conditions on its side. */
826 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
828 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
829 evaluating conditions and if the user has
830 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
832 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
833 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
837 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
840 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
843 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
844 condition_evaluation_mode. */
847 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
848 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
850 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
852 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
853 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
855 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
856 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
857 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
861 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
862 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
864 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
865 settings was "auto". */
866 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
868 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
869 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
871 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
872 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
873 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
875 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
876 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
879 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
881 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
883 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
884 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
888 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
889 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
890 target knows about. */
891 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
892 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
893 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
897 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
903 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
904 what "auto" is translating to. */
907 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
908 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
910 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
911 fprintf_filtered (file
,
912 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
913 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
915 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
917 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
921 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
922 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
923 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
926 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
928 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
929 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
931 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
934 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
937 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
938 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
939 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
942 static struct bp_location
**
943 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
945 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
946 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
947 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
949 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
950 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
951 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
953 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
954 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
955 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
956 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
957 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
959 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
960 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
963 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
964 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
965 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
966 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
973 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
976 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
977 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
979 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
981 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
983 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
987 struct bp_location
*loc
;
989 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
993 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
994 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
995 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1002 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
1006 const char *arg
= exp
;
1008 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1009 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1010 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
1011 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1013 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1015 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1017 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1019 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1021 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1022 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1026 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1028 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1032 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1033 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1035 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1039 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1041 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1044 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1046 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1047 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1048 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1052 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1053 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1057 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1058 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1062 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1063 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1065 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1068 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1069 len
= strlen (text
);
1075 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1077 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1078 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1084 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1085 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1086 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1089 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1092 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1094 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1099 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1102 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1104 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1107 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1109 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1110 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1111 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1112 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1113 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1115 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1117 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1118 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1119 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1121 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1123 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1124 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1129 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1132 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1133 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1134 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1137 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1139 struct command_line
*c
;
1141 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1145 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1146 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1147 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1149 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1150 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1152 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1153 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1154 command directly. */
1155 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1156 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1158 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1159 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1163 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1166 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1168 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1169 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1170 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1174 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1176 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1179 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1180 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1184 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1185 struct command_line
*commands
)
1187 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1189 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1190 struct command_line
*c
;
1191 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1193 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1194 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1198 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1199 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1200 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1201 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1202 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1203 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1204 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1205 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1206 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1207 tracepoint's context. */
1208 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1210 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1212 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1213 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1214 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1215 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1216 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1217 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1220 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1221 "can be used only once"));
1226 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1230 struct command_line
*c2
;
1232 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1233 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1234 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1236 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1237 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1243 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1247 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1248 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1251 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1253 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1254 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1255 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1258 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1260 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1261 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1262 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1268 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1269 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1272 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1273 command_line_up
&&commands
)
1275 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1277 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1278 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
.release ());
1279 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1282 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1283 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1287 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1289 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1292 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1293 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1296 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1297 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1300 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1302 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1305 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1306 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1309 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1310 breakpoint work for any task. */
1313 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1315 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1318 if (old_task
!= task
)
1319 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1323 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1325 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) closure
;
1327 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1330 /* A structure used to pass information through
1331 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1333 struct commands_info
1335 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1338 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1341 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1342 already-parsed command. */
1343 struct command_line
*control
;
1345 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1347 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1350 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1351 commands_command. */
1354 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1356 struct commands_info
*info
= (struct commands_info
*) data
;
1358 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1362 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1363 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1366 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1369 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1370 "%s, one per line."),
1373 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1375 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1378 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1381 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1384 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
.release ());
1387 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1389 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1391 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1392 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1393 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1394 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1395 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1400 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1401 struct command_line
*control
)
1403 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1404 struct commands_info info
;
1406 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1407 info
.control
= control
;
1409 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1410 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1411 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1413 std::string new_arg
;
1415 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1417 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1418 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1420 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1421 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1426 info
.arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1428 map_breakpoint_numbers (info
.arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1430 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1431 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1433 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1437 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1439 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1442 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1443 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1445 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1446 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1447 enum command_control_type
1448 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1450 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1451 return simple_control
;
1454 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1457 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1459 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1463 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1464 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1469 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1470 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1473 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1474 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1475 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1478 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1479 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1480 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1481 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1482 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1484 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1485 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1489 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1490 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1492 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1496 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1498 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1499 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1501 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1503 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1508 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1510 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1515 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1516 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1518 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1519 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1520 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1524 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1526 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1527 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1530 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1532 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1533 shadow_contents buffer. */
1534 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1535 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1536 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1538 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1540 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1541 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1545 const unsigned char *bp
;
1546 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1549 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1550 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1551 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1553 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1555 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1557 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1558 breakpoint's INSN. */
1559 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1563 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1564 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1566 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1567 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1568 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1570 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1571 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1572 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1573 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1574 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1575 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1576 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1577 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1579 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1582 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1583 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1584 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1586 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1588 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1590 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1591 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1592 report higher one. */
1595 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1596 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1598 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1600 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1601 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1603 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1604 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1605 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1606 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1608 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1609 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1610 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1612 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1614 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1621 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1622 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1623 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1624 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1625 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1628 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1630 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1631 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1632 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1635 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1638 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1640 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1642 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1644 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1645 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1646 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1649 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1652 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1653 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1654 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1657 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1660 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1661 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1667 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1671 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1673 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1674 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1675 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1678 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1681 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1683 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1684 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1685 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1688 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1692 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1694 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1695 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1698 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1699 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1700 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1701 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1702 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1703 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1704 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1705 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1708 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1710 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1711 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1712 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1713 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1716 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1717 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1720 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1722 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1724 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1726 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1727 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1728 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1729 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1730 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1732 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1735 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1738 static struct value
*
1739 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1741 struct value
*bit_val
;
1746 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1748 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1751 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1758 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1759 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1760 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1761 to be able to report stops. */
1764 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1765 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1767 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1769 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1770 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1771 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1772 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1775 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1776 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1779 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1781 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1783 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1784 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1785 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1788 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1789 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1790 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1791 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1793 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1795 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1796 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1799 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1800 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1801 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1802 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1803 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1804 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1805 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1806 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1808 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1809 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1810 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1811 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1812 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1813 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1814 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1815 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1818 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1819 hardware watchpoints:
1821 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1822 called several times when GDB stops.
1825 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1826 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1827 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1828 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1829 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1830 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1831 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1832 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1833 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1834 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1835 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1837 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1838 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1841 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1843 int within_current_scope
;
1844 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1847 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1848 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1849 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1850 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1853 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1858 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1859 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1860 within_current_scope
= 1;
1863 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1864 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1865 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1867 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1868 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1869 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1870 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1871 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1874 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1875 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1876 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1877 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1880 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1882 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1883 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1884 if (within_current_scope
)
1888 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1889 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1890 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1893 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1898 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1899 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1900 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1901 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1902 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1903 be completely different objects. */
1904 value_free (b
->val
);
1908 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1909 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1910 locations (re)created below. */
1911 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1913 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1915 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1916 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1920 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1921 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1922 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1923 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1924 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1925 if (!target_has_execution
)
1927 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1928 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1929 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1930 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1932 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1933 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1935 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1936 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1939 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1942 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1943 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1945 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1947 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1948 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1949 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1950 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1951 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1953 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1955 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1957 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1965 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1967 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1968 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1970 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1971 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1972 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1973 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1974 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1975 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1976 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1978 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1980 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1981 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1982 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1984 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1985 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1988 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1989 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1990 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1992 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1994 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1996 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1997 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1999 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
2001 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2002 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2003 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2004 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
2005 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
2008 addr
= value_address (v
);
2011 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2016 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
2018 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2021 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
2022 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2025 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2027 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2028 loc
->address
= addr
;
2032 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2033 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2036 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2038 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2043 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2044 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2045 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2050 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2051 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2053 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2057 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2060 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2061 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2062 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2064 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2065 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2066 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2067 this watchpoint in as well. */
2069 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2070 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2071 hardware watchpoint type. */
2072 type
= b
->base
.type
;
2073 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2074 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2076 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2077 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2078 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2079 through watch_command), so always account for it
2082 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2083 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2085 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2086 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
2089 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2090 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2092 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
2094 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2095 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2096 "hardware watchpoint."));
2097 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2098 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2099 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2101 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2102 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2106 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2107 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2108 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2110 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2113 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2115 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2116 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2117 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2119 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2120 "read/access watchpoint."));
2123 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2125 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2126 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2127 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2128 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2131 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2133 next
= value_next (v
);
2138 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2139 above left it without any location set up. But,
2140 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2141 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2142 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2143 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (&b
->base
, frame_pspace
);
2145 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2147 printf_filtered (_("\
2148 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2149 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2151 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2154 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2156 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2160 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2161 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2162 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2163 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2164 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2166 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2168 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2171 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2174 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2177 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2180 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2181 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2182 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2183 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2184 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2185 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2186 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2187 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2188 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2191 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2192 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2193 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2195 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2196 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2197 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2199 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2200 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2201 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2202 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2203 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2204 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2205 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2206 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2207 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2211 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2212 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2213 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2214 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2219 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2220 instruction that triggered one. */
2221 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2222 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2226 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2227 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2228 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2229 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2238 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2239 that the location is not duplicated. */
2242 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2245 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2248 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2249 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2253 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2254 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2255 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2256 any error during parsing. */
2258 static agent_expr_up
2259 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2264 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2266 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2267 that may show up. */
2270 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2273 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2275 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2276 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2277 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2281 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2285 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2286 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2287 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2288 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2289 one of them is true. */
2292 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2294 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2295 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2296 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2297 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2299 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2300 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2302 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2303 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2304 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2306 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2307 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2310 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2311 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2312 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2313 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2314 response back to GDB. */
2315 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2318 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2322 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2323 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2324 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2325 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2326 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2330 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2331 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2332 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2334 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2340 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2341 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2342 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2344 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2345 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2346 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2348 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2351 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2353 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2355 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2358 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2363 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2364 for this location's address. */
2365 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2369 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2370 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2371 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2374 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2375 to send the conditions to the target. */
2376 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2383 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2384 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2385 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2387 static agent_expr_up
2388 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2390 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2391 struct expression
**argvec
;
2392 const char *cmdrest
;
2393 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2394 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2396 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2403 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2405 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2407 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2408 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2410 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2412 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2414 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2416 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2418 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2419 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2421 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2423 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2424 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2426 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2428 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2430 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2432 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2433 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2436 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2441 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2442 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
.release ();
2444 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2448 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2450 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2451 that may show up. */
2454 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2455 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2456 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2458 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2460 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2461 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2462 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2466 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2468 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2472 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2473 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2474 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2477 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2479 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2480 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2481 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2482 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2484 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2485 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2487 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2490 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2491 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2494 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2495 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2496 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2498 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2501 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2502 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2503 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2507 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2508 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2509 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2510 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2511 response back to GDB. */
2512 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2515 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2519 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2520 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2521 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2522 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2524 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2525 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2528 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2529 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2530 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2532 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2538 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2540 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2542 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2545 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2546 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2548 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2550 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2553 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2558 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2559 for this location's address. */
2560 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2563 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2564 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2565 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2566 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2569 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2570 to send the commands to the target. */
2571 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2575 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2576 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2577 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2578 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2581 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2582 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2583 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2587 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2589 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2591 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2592 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2594 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
->ptid
);
2596 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2600 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2603 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2604 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2605 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2606 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2609 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2610 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2612 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2613 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2614 int *disabled_breaks
,
2615 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2616 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2618 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2619 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2621 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2624 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2625 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2626 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2627 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2628 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2629 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2630 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2631 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2632 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2633 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2634 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2635 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2637 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2638 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2639 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2640 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2642 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2644 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2645 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2646 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2647 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2650 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2651 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2653 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2655 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2656 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2657 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2659 Two important cases are:
2660 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2661 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2662 hardware breakpoint.
2663 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2664 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2665 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2668 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2669 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2670 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2671 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2673 struct mem_region
*mr
2674 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2678 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2680 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2682 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2683 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2685 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2687 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2689 static int said
= 0;
2691 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2694 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2695 _("Note: automatically using "
2696 "hardware breakpoints for "
2697 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2702 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2703 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2705 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2706 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2707 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2708 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2710 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2716 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2717 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2718 || bl
->section
== NULL
2719 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2721 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2726 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2728 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2730 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2733 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2739 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2740 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2741 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2743 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2744 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2745 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2746 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2747 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2751 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2753 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2754 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2755 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2757 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2762 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2763 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2764 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2765 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2766 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2768 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2770 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2773 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2777 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2778 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2779 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2780 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2784 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2785 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2787 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2792 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2794 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2796 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2799 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2805 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2806 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2811 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2813 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2815 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2816 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2817 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2818 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2819 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2820 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2821 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2822 errors as memory errors. */
2823 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2824 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2825 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2826 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2829 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2830 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2831 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2832 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2834 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2835 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2837 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2838 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2839 "library breakpoints:\n");
2841 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2842 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2843 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2848 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2850 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2851 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2852 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2853 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2854 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2855 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2856 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2860 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2863 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2864 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2865 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2867 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2868 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2870 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2871 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2875 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2876 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2891 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2892 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2893 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2894 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2898 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2899 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2901 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2903 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2904 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2905 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2907 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2909 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2910 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2912 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2914 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2915 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2919 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2920 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2927 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2928 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2931 /* Back to the original value. */
2932 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2936 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2939 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2943 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2944 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2946 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2949 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2953 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2954 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2956 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2959 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2961 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2962 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2963 so just return success. */
2970 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2971 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2975 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2977 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2978 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2980 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2981 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2983 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2984 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2987 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2988 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2989 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2991 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2993 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2995 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2996 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2997 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2999 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
3000 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
3002 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
3008 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
3009 removed locations above. */
3010 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
3013 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
3014 Throws exception on any error.
3015 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
3016 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
3018 insert_breakpoints (void)
3020 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3022 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3023 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3025 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
3027 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3030 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3031 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3032 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3033 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3036 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3039 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3041 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3043 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3045 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3049 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3050 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3051 always-inserted mode. */
3054 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3056 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3059 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3060 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3061 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3063 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3065 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3066 there was an error. */
3067 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3069 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3071 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3073 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3075 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3078 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3079 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3080 deletion of breakpoints. */
3081 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3084 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3086 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3087 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3088 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3089 insert breakpoints. */
3090 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3091 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3094 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3095 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3102 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3103 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3106 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3109 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3112 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3114 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3115 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3118 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3119 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3120 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3122 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3124 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3125 there was an error. */
3126 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3128 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3130 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3132 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3135 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3136 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3137 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3138 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3139 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3142 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3144 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3145 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3146 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3147 insert breakpoints. */
3148 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3149 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3152 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3153 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3158 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3159 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3160 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3162 int some_failed
= 0;
3163 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3165 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3168 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3171 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3174 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3175 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3182 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3184 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3186 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3187 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3188 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3196 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3197 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3198 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3200 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3201 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3203 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3204 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3207 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3210 /* Used when the program stops.
3211 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3212 removing a breakpoint location. */
3215 remove_breakpoints (void)
3217 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3220 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3222 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3223 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3228 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3232 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3234 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3236 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3238 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3240 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3242 printf_filtered (_("\
3243 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3244 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3246 /* Hide it from the user. */
3252 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3255 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3257 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3259 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3261 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3263 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3266 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3268 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3277 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3279 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3280 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3282 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3283 struct inferior
*inf
;
3284 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3286 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3290 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3291 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3293 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3295 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3297 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3299 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3305 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3308 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3313 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3317 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3319 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3320 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3321 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3322 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3323 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3324 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3326 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3329 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3332 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3333 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3337 static struct breakpoint
*
3338 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3339 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3340 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3342 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3343 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3345 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3348 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3349 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3351 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3352 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3353 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3358 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3360 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3362 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3364 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3365 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3367 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3368 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3370 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3371 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3373 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3374 int longjmp_searched
;
3376 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3377 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3379 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3380 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3382 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3383 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3385 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3386 int exception_searched
;
3388 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3389 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3392 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3394 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3395 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3397 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3400 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3402 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3405 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3406 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3408 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3409 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3411 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3413 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3414 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3415 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3418 XOBNEW (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
, struct breakpoint_objfile_data
);
3420 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3421 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3423 return bp_objfile_data
;
3427 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3429 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3430 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3432 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3433 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3437 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3439 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3440 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3442 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3444 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3445 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3447 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3449 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3451 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3454 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3456 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3458 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3459 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3461 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3462 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3465 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3468 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3469 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3471 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3472 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3473 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3474 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3476 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3478 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3479 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3483 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3484 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3490 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3492 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3493 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3495 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3497 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3499 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3501 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3503 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3506 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3507 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3509 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3511 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3513 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3517 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3520 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3521 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3523 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3525 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3526 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3527 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3531 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3532 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3535 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3538 struct probe
*probe
;
3539 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3542 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3543 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3547 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3549 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3550 get_probe_address (probe
,
3553 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3554 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3555 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3561 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3564 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3566 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3567 const char *func_name
;
3569 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3571 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3574 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3575 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3577 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3579 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3580 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3582 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3583 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3586 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3589 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3590 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3591 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3592 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3593 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3594 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3595 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3600 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3603 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3605 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3607 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3608 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3609 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3611 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3613 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3615 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3618 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3620 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3622 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3623 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3624 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3626 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3628 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3631 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3633 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3635 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3636 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3637 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3639 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3640 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3643 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3646 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3647 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3648 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3649 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3650 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3651 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3652 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3653 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3657 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3660 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3663 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3665 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3666 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3668 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3670 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3671 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3672 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3674 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3676 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3678 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3679 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3683 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3687 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3688 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3690 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3692 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3693 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3694 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3698 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3699 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3702 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3704 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3706 struct probe
*probe
;
3709 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3710 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3714 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3716 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3717 get_probe_address (probe
,
3719 bp_exception_master
,
3720 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3721 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3722 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3728 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3730 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3733 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3735 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3737 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3739 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3740 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3742 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3746 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3749 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3750 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3752 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3753 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3754 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3755 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3756 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3757 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3761 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3764 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3766 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3770 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3772 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3773 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3775 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3776 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3777 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3778 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3779 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3780 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3781 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3782 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3783 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3784 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3785 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3787 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3789 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3792 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3793 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3795 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3799 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3800 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3802 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3806 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3807 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3808 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3809 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3810 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3812 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3816 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3817 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3819 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3823 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3824 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3826 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3830 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3832 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3833 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3834 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3836 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3840 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3842 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3843 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3844 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3845 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3849 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3850 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3851 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3852 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3853 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3854 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3856 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3857 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3858 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3859 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3860 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3861 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3862 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3864 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3865 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3866 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3867 let finish_command delete it.
3869 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3870 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3871 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3872 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3873 solib breakpoints.) */
3875 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3880 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3881 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3883 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3885 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3892 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3894 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3896 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3897 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3899 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3900 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3902 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3903 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3904 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3906 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3909 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3910 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3911 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3912 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3913 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3914 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3915 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3919 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3922 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3926 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3927 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3928 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3929 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3930 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3933 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3937 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3938 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3940 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3941 This should not ever happen. */
3942 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3944 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3945 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3947 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3948 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3949 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3951 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3952 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3953 || bl
->section
== NULL
3954 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3956 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3958 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3959 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3960 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3961 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3962 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3963 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3964 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3965 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3966 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3967 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3968 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3969 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3970 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3971 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3972 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3973 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3974 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3975 they should always be removed. */
3976 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3977 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3978 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3981 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3985 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3986 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3987 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3989 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3990 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3992 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3993 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3994 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3995 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3996 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3998 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3999 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
4002 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
4003 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
4006 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
4007 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
4008 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
4009 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
4011 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
4012 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
4013 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
4014 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4015 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4016 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4022 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4027 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4028 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4029 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4030 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4031 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4032 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4033 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4034 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4035 always-inserted mode. */
4037 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4038 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
4039 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
4040 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4046 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4048 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4050 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4051 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4053 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4054 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4056 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4057 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
4058 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4061 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4062 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4065 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4066 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4068 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4072 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4079 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
4082 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4084 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4085 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4087 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4088 This should not ever happen. */
4089 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4091 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
4093 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4095 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
4097 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4101 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4104 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4106 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4108 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4109 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4113 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4114 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4116 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4119 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4120 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4121 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4126 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4128 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4129 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4131 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4133 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4135 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4138 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4140 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4142 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4148 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4150 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4151 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4154 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4156 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4158 case bp_shlib_event
:
4160 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4161 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4162 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4163 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4164 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4166 (gdb) file prog-linux
4167 (gdb) run # native linux target
4170 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4171 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4174 case bp_step_resume
:
4176 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4178 case bp_single_step
:
4180 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4182 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4186 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4187 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4188 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4190 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4192 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4193 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4194 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4197 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
4198 valid. New ones will be created in
4199 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
4200 The next update_global_location_list call will
4201 garbage collect them. */
4204 if (context
== inf_starting
)
4206 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4207 insert_breakpoints. */
4209 value_free (w
->val
);
4221 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4222 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4223 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4224 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4227 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4228 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4229 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4230 match, not program space. */
4232 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4233 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4234 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4235 permanent breakpoint.
4236 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4237 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4238 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4239 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4240 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4242 enum breakpoint_here
4243 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4245 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4246 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4248 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4250 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4251 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4254 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4255 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4257 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4259 if (overlay_debugging
4260 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4261 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4262 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4263 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4264 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4266 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4270 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4273 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4276 breakpoint_in_range_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4277 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4279 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4281 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4283 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4284 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4287 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4289 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4292 if (overlay_debugging
4293 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4294 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4296 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4307 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4310 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4312 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4315 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4316 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4322 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4326 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4327 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4330 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4333 if (overlay_debugging
4334 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4335 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4336 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4343 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4346 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4348 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4350 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4352 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4354 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4355 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4358 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4364 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4368 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4371 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4373 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4375 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4377 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4380 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4387 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4390 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4393 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4395 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4397 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4399 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4402 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4410 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4411 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4413 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4415 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4417 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4419 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4420 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4423 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4426 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4427 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4431 /* Check for intersection. */
4432 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4433 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4442 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4446 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4448 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4451 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4455 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4457 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4458 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4459 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4460 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4464 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4465 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4468 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4485 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4486 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4489 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4493 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4498 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4500 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4501 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4502 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4503 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4504 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4506 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4507 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4511 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4521 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4524 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4529 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4531 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4537 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4540 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4542 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4544 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4546 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4548 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4553 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4562 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4563 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4564 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4565 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4567 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4568 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4570 Return 1 otherwise. */
4573 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4575 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4578 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4580 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4581 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4582 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4583 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4584 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4586 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4588 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4592 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4595 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4597 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4600 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4603 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4607 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4609 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4611 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4613 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4619 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4622 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4624 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4626 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4628 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4629 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4630 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4631 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4632 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4636 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4639 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4642 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4644 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4647 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4648 or its equivalent. */
4651 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4653 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4656 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4657 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4658 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4659 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4661 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4662 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4663 bpstat of the current thread. */
4666 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4669 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4672 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4674 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4677 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4678 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4680 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4682 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4685 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4686 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4688 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4689 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4690 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4692 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4694 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4695 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4696 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4697 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4698 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4699 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4700 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4701 the tree when we're done. */
4702 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4703 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4704 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4705 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4706 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4708 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4714 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4716 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4722 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4723 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4725 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4727 if (current_ui
->async
)
4728 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4729 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4730 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4733 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4734 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4735 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4736 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4737 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4738 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4739 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4740 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4741 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4742 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4743 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4744 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4745 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4750 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4755 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4757 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4759 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4760 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4761 && target_has_execution
4762 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4763 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4764 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4765 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4766 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4767 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4768 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4771 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4774 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4777 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4780 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4783 struct value_print_options opts
;
4784 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4785 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4789 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4790 debugging multiple threads. */
4793 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4795 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4800 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4803 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4805 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4806 uiout
->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4808 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4811 uiout
->text (" \"");
4812 uiout
->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name
);
4816 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4820 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4821 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4822 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4823 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4826 static enum print_stop_action
4827 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4829 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4832 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4833 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4837 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4838 relevant messages. */
4839 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4842 case print_it_normal
:
4844 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4846 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4847 which has since been deleted. */
4849 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4851 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4852 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4857 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4858 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4863 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4866 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4869 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4871 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4875 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4876 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4878 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4879 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4882 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4883 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4884 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4891 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4892 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4894 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4899 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4900 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4901 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4907 struct so_list
*iter
;
4910 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4911 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4913 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4918 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4919 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4920 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4925 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4926 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4927 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4928 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4929 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4930 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4931 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4934 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4935 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4936 code to print the location. An example is
4937 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4939 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4940 to also print the location part of the message.
4941 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4942 don't require a location appended to the end.
4943 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4944 further info to be printed. */
4946 enum print_stop_action
4947 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4949 enum print_stop_action val
;
4951 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4952 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4953 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4954 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4955 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4957 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4958 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4959 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4960 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4964 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4965 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4966 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4967 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4969 print_solib_event (0);
4970 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4973 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4974 with and nothing was printed. */
4975 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4978 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4979 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4980 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4981 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4982 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4983 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4986 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4988 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4989 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4991 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4995 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4998 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
5002 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
5004 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
5005 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
5006 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
5007 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
5008 incref_bp_location (bl
);
5009 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
5010 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
5012 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
5016 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
5017 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
5020 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5022 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
5024 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5026 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
5028 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
5029 as not triggered. */
5031 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5033 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5035 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5041 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
5043 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5044 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5046 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5048 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5050 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
5056 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5057 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5061 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5063 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5064 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5066 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5067 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5069 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5071 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5072 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5074 if (newaddr
== start
)
5076 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5080 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5081 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
5085 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5094 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5095 because of check_errors). */
5096 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5097 #define WP_DELETED 1
5098 /* The value has changed. */
5099 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5100 /* The value has not changed. */
5101 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5102 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5105 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5106 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5108 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5111 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5112 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5115 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5117 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5118 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5119 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5120 int within_current_scope
;
5122 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5123 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5124 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5126 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5127 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5128 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5129 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5132 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5133 within_current_scope
= 1;
5136 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5137 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5138 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5140 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5141 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5142 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5143 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5144 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5145 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5146 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5147 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5148 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5149 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5152 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5153 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5155 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5156 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5157 if (within_current_scope
)
5159 struct symbol
*function
;
5161 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5162 if (function
== NULL
5163 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5164 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5165 within_current_scope
= 0;
5168 if (within_current_scope
)
5169 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5170 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5175 if (within_current_scope
)
5177 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5178 time before we return to the command level and call
5179 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5180 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5184 struct value
*new_val
;
5186 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5187 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5188 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5189 a mask watchpoint. */
5190 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5192 mark
= value_mark ();
5193 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5195 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5196 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5198 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5199 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5200 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5201 not what we want. */
5202 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5203 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5205 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5207 release_value (new_val
);
5208 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5210 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5213 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5217 /* Nothing changed. */
5218 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5219 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5224 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5225 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5226 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5227 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5228 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5229 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5230 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5231 the first value assigned). */
5232 /* We print all the stop information in
5233 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5234 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5235 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5238 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5240 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5242 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5244 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5245 uiout
->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
5246 uiout
->field_int ("wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5247 uiout
->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
5248 "which its expression is valid.\n");
5251 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5252 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5253 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5259 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5260 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5261 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5264 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5265 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5266 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5268 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5270 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5271 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5273 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5276 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5277 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5280 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5282 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5283 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5285 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5286 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5287 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5288 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5289 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5292 int must_check_value
= 0;
5294 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5295 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5297 must_check_value
= 1;
5298 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5299 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5300 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5302 must_check_value
= 1;
5303 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5304 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5305 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5306 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5307 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5308 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5309 must_check_value
= 1;
5311 if (must_check_value
)
5314 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5316 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5317 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5319 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5323 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5324 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5328 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5331 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5332 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5334 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5336 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5337 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5338 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5339 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5340 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5341 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5342 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5345 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5346 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5349 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5350 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5351 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5352 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5354 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5355 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5356 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5359 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5360 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5361 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5362 changes. This still gives false positives when
5363 the program writes the same value to memory as
5364 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5365 it for a read), but it's much better than
5368 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5370 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5372 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5374 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5375 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5376 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5378 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5379 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5381 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5382 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5384 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5390 if (other_write_watchpoint
5391 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5393 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5394 and the value changed since the last time we
5395 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5397 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5402 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5403 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5404 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5406 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5407 the value hasn't changed. */
5408 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5416 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5418 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5420 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5423 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5424 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5425 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5430 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5432 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5433 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5434 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5435 anything for this watchpoint. */
5436 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5442 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5443 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5444 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5445 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5448 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5450 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5451 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5452 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5453 struct expression
*cond
;
5455 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5457 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5458 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5459 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5460 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5461 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5463 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5464 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5465 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5467 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5468 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5474 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5475 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5477 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid
))
5478 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5485 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5487 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5489 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5491 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5493 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5496 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5498 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5500 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5501 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5503 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5504 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5505 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5506 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5508 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5510 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5511 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5515 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5516 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5517 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5518 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5519 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5521 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5522 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5525 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5527 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5528 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5529 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5530 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5531 really matter which instantiation of the function
5532 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5533 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5534 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5535 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5536 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5537 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5538 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5539 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5541 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5543 select_frame (frame
);
5545 within_current_scope
= 0;
5547 if (within_current_scope
)
5549 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5550 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5554 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5555 "in the current scope"));
5556 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5557 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5560 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5561 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5564 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5568 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5572 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5574 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5578 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5579 on the current target. */
5582 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5584 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5585 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5586 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5587 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5591 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5592 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5594 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5595 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5598 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5600 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5602 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5603 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5604 several reasons concurrently.)
5606 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5607 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5610 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5611 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5612 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5614 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5615 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5616 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5617 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5618 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5619 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5622 int need_remove_insert
;
5625 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5626 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5627 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5628 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5629 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5630 inferior function calls. */
5634 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5637 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5639 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5640 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5641 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5642 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5643 checked all locations already. */
5644 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5647 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5650 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5653 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5656 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5659 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5660 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5661 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5665 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5666 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5667 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5669 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5671 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5673 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5678 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5679 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5680 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5682 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5684 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5685 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5687 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5688 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5691 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5696 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5697 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5698 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5700 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5702 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5704 handle_solib_event ();
5709 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5710 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5711 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5715 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5720 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5721 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5724 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5729 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5731 /* We will stop here. */
5732 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5734 --(b
->enable_count
);
5735 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5736 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5741 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5742 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5743 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5744 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5747 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5752 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5754 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5755 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5758 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5759 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5760 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5762 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5763 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5764 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5766 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5767 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5769 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5771 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5772 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5775 if (need_remove_insert
)
5776 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5777 else if (removed_any
)
5778 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5784 handle_jit_event (void)
5786 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5787 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5790 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5792 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5793 breakpoint_re_set. */
5794 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5796 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5797 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5799 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5801 target_terminal_inferior ();
5804 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5806 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5809 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5811 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5814 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5815 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5816 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5818 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5820 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5821 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5822 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5825 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5827 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5828 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5832 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5839 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5840 case bp_single_step
:
5843 case bp_shlib_event
:
5847 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5849 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5852 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5855 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5856 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5857 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5861 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5863 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5867 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5868 This requires no further action. */
5872 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5876 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5877 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5880 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5882 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5883 case bp_exception_resume
:
5886 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5887 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5890 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5892 case bp_step_resume
:
5894 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5897 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5898 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5901 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5903 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5906 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5907 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5910 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5911 case bp_thread_event
:
5912 case bp_overlay_event
:
5913 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5914 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5915 case bp_exception_master
:
5916 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5922 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5924 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5928 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5929 This requires no further action. */
5933 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5936 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5937 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5938 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5939 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5941 case bp_std_terminate
:
5942 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5943 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5944 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5945 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5948 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5949 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5950 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5951 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5953 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5954 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5956 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5957 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5958 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5960 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5961 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5962 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5963 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5968 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5970 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5974 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5975 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5978 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5985 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5989 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5991 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5998 handle_jit_event ();
6000 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6001 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
6003 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6004 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
6010 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
6011 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
6012 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
6015 bpstat_should_step (void)
6017 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6020 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
6026 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
6028 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6037 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
6038 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
6039 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
6042 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
6044 static char wrap_indent
[80];
6045 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
6049 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
6051 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
6053 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
6054 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
6055 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
6060 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
6066 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
6067 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
6069 "host": Host evals condition.
6070 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6071 "target": Target evals condition.
6075 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6077 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6078 char host_evals
= 0;
6079 char target_evals
= 0;
6084 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
6087 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6088 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6089 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6091 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6093 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6099 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
6100 return condition_evaluation_both
;
6101 else if (target_evals
)
6102 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6104 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6107 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6108 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6111 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6113 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6116 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6117 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6118 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6120 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6121 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6123 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6126 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6129 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6130 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6132 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6133 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
6135 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6139 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6141 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6142 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6143 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6146 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6149 uiout
->text ("in ");
6150 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6152 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6153 uiout
->text ("at ");
6155 uiout
->field_string ("file",
6156 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6159 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6160 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6162 uiout
->field_int ("line", loc
->line_number
);
6168 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
6170 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
6174 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
6175 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6176 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6177 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6178 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6179 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
6181 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
6185 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
6189 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6190 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6191 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6194 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6195 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6199 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6203 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6205 struct ep_type_description
6208 const char *description
;
6210 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6212 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6213 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6214 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6215 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6216 {bp_until
, "until"},
6217 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6218 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6219 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6220 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6221 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6222 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6223 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6224 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6225 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6226 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6227 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6228 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6229 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6230 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6231 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6232 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6233 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6234 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6235 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6236 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6237 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6238 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6239 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6240 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6241 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6242 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6243 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6244 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6245 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6248 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6249 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6250 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6251 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6254 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6257 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6258 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6261 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6262 const char *field_name
,
6266 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
6270 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6271 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6272 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6275 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
6277 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6283 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6284 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6289 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6293 uiout
->text (plongest (inf
));
6298 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6301 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6302 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6304 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6307 struct command_line
*l
;
6308 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6310 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6311 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6312 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6313 struct value_print_options opts
;
6315 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6317 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6318 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6319 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6322 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6323 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6331 if (part_of_multiple
)
6334 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6335 uiout
->field_string ("number", formatted
);
6340 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
6345 if (part_of_multiple
)
6346 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6348 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6352 if (part_of_multiple
)
6353 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6355 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6360 if (part_of_multiple
)
6361 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6363 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6368 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6370 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6371 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6372 make sure there's just one location. */
6373 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6374 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6380 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6381 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6385 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6386 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6387 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6389 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6391 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6392 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6393 is relatively readable). */
6394 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6395 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6397 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6402 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6403 case bp_single_step
:
6407 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6408 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6410 case bp_exception_resume
:
6411 case bp_step_resume
:
6412 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6413 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6415 case bp_std_terminate
:
6416 case bp_shlib_event
:
6417 case bp_thread_event
:
6418 case bp_overlay_event
:
6419 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6420 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6421 case bp_exception_master
:
6423 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6424 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6427 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6428 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6429 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6432 if (header_of_multiple
)
6433 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6434 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6435 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6437 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6438 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6441 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6442 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6449 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6451 struct inferior
*inf
;
6452 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6457 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6458 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6461 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6462 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6464 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6465 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6466 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6467 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6468 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6469 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6471 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6472 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6475 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6477 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6479 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6480 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6481 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6482 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6484 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6486 uiout
->text (" task ");
6487 uiout
->field_int ("task", b
->task
);
6493 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6494 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6496 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6499 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6500 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6502 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6503 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6507 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6510 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6511 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6513 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6514 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6516 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6517 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6518 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6519 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6520 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6523 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6524 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6525 uiout
->text (" evals)");
6530 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6532 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6533 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6534 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6535 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6538 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6540 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6545 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6549 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6550 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6551 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6552 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6553 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6555 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6556 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6557 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6558 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6559 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6561 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6565 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6566 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6567 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6571 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6574 uiout
->text ("\tignore next ");
6575 uiout
->field_int ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6576 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6579 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6580 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6581 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6582 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6585 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6586 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6587 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6588 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6589 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6591 uiout
->text ("next ");
6592 uiout
->field_int ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6593 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6596 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6598 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6600 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6602 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6603 uiout
->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6604 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6608 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6609 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6612 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6613 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6616 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6618 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6620 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6622 annotate_field (10);
6623 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6624 uiout
->field_int ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6625 uiout
->text (" \n");
6628 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6630 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6632 annotate_field (11);
6634 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6635 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6636 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6642 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6643 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6648 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6650 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6652 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6654 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6656 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6657 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6658 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6659 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6664 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6665 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6668 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6671 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "bkpt");
6673 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6676 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6677 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6678 locations, if any. */
6679 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6681 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6682 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6683 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6686 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6687 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6689 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6690 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6692 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6695 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6697 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6698 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6705 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6707 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6708 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6710 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6711 address to print. */
6712 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6715 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6719 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6720 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6721 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6724 return print_address_bits
;
6727 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6733 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6735 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
6736 = (struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*) data
;
6737 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6738 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6742 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6744 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6752 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6753 char **error_message
)
6755 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6758 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6760 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6761 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6767 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6768 internal or momentary. */
6771 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6773 return b
->number
> 0;
6776 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6779 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6781 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6784 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6785 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6786 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6787 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6788 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6789 breakpoints listed. */
6792 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6793 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6795 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6796 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6797 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6798 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6799 struct value_print_options opts
;
6800 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6801 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6802 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6804 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6806 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6807 required for address fields. */
6808 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6811 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6812 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6815 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6816 accept. Skip the others. */
6817 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6819 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6821 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6825 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6827 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6829 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6830 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6831 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6833 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6834 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6835 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6837 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6841 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6843 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6844 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6848 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6849 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6852 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6853 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6854 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6856 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6857 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6859 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6860 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6862 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6863 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6865 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6866 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6868 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6870 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6871 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6873 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6875 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6877 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6878 uiout
->table_body ();
6879 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6880 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6885 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6886 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6889 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6890 accept. Skip the others. */
6892 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6894 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6896 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6899 else /* all others */
6901 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6905 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6907 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6908 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6911 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6913 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6915 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6919 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6920 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6922 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6928 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6929 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6932 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6933 there have been breakpoints? */
6934 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6936 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6939 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6940 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6943 default_collect_info (void)
6945 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6947 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6948 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6950 if (!*default_collect
)
6953 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6955 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6956 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6957 uiout
->text (" \n");
6961 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6963 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6965 default_collect_info ();
6969 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6971 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6972 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6974 if (num_printed
== 0)
6976 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6977 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6979 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6984 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6986 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6988 default_collect_info ();
6992 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6993 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6994 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6996 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6998 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7000 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
7001 && bl
->address
== pc
7002 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
7008 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
7009 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
7013 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7014 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7015 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
7018 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7021 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
7022 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
7026 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
7027 else /* if (others == ???) */
7028 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
7030 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
7033 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
7034 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
7035 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
7036 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
7037 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
7038 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
7039 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
7040 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7044 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
7046 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
7047 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
7048 printf_filtered (".\n");
7053 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
7054 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
7055 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
7056 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
7058 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
7059 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
7060 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
7061 breakpoint location at address zero:
7069 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7071 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
7073 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
7076 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
7077 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
7080 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7081 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7083 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
7084 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
7086 /* Both of them must exist. */
7087 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
7088 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
7090 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7091 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7092 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7093 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7094 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7095 other watchpoint. */
7097 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
7099 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
7100 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
7102 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
7104 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
7105 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
7108 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7109 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7110 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7111 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7112 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7113 become hw_access locations later. */
7114 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
7115 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
7116 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
7117 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7120 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7123 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7124 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7126 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7127 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7131 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7132 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7133 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7134 space doesn't really matter. */
7137 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7138 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7141 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7142 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7143 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7146 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7147 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7148 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7149 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7152 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7153 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7156 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7159 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7160 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7164 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
7165 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
7166 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
7167 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
7168 doesn't really matter. */
7171 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7172 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7173 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
7175 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7176 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
7178 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
7180 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
7186 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7187 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7188 true, otherwise returns false. */
7191 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7192 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7194 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7195 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7196 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7197 different locations. */
7198 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7203 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7204 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7205 represent the same location. */
7208 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7209 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7211 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7213 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7214 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7215 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7217 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7218 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7220 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7223 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7224 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7225 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7227 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7228 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7229 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7230 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7234 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7235 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7237 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7238 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7242 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7243 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7245 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7246 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7248 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7251 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7252 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7253 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7254 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7257 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7258 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7260 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7262 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7265 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7266 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7267 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7268 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7269 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7271 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7272 have their addresses modified. */
7275 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7277 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7278 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7279 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7280 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7281 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7282 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7287 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7289 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7290 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7291 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7293 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7294 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7296 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7297 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7299 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7304 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7305 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7307 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7309 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7313 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7314 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7317 switch (owner
->type
)
7320 case bp_single_step
:
7324 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7325 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7327 case bp_exception_resume
:
7328 case bp_step_resume
:
7329 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7330 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7332 case bp_std_terminate
:
7333 case bp_shlib_event
:
7334 case bp_thread_event
:
7335 case bp_overlay_event
:
7337 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7338 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7339 case bp_exception_master
:
7340 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7341 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7343 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7344 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7346 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7347 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7348 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7350 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7351 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7352 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7353 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7358 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7359 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7360 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7363 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7369 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7371 static struct bp_location
*
7372 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7374 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7378 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7380 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7384 /* Increment reference count. */
7387 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7392 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7393 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7396 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7398 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7400 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7401 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7405 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7408 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7410 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7412 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7413 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7415 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7417 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7426 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7429 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7430 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7432 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7434 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7436 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7440 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7441 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7442 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7444 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7447 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7449 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7450 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7451 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7452 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7456 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7457 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7459 static struct breakpoint
*
7460 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7462 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7464 struct breakpoint
*b
= new breakpoint ();
7466 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7467 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7471 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7472 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7476 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7478 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7480 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7481 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7482 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7485 const char *function_name
;
7486 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7488 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7489 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7491 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7493 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7495 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7496 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7497 &loc
->requested_address
))
7499 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7500 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7501 loc
->requested_address
,
7504 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7505 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7507 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7508 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7509 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7510 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7512 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7517 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7521 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7523 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7526 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7528 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7533 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7534 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7535 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7537 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7538 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7539 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7542 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7543 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7544 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7546 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7548 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7550 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7551 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7553 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7554 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7556 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7557 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7560 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7561 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7562 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7563 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7564 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7565 is also returned as the value of this function.
7567 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7568 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7569 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7570 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7571 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7572 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7573 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7576 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7577 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7578 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7580 struct breakpoint
*b
= new breakpoint ();
7582 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7583 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7587 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7588 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7589 initiated the operation. */
7592 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7594 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7595 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7597 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7598 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7599 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7600 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7601 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7602 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7603 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7604 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7606 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7607 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7609 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7610 after their removal. */
7611 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7612 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7613 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7616 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7619 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7621 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7623 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7625 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7626 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7628 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7629 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7634 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7636 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7638 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7639 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7641 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7642 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7646 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7647 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7648 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7652 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7654 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7657 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7659 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7661 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7662 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7664 new_b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7666 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7668 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7671 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7672 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7673 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7674 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7680 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7681 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7684 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7685 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7689 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7691 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7693 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7694 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7696 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7698 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7699 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7700 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7701 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7704 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7706 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7708 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7709 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7710 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7712 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7717 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7719 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7722 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7724 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7725 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7726 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7731 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7733 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7736 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7738 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7739 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7740 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7744 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7745 master breakpoint. */
7747 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7749 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7751 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7752 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7753 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7755 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7756 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7760 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7762 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7764 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7766 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7767 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7768 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7772 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7774 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7776 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7777 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7779 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7780 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7781 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7783 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7788 struct lang_and_radix
7794 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7797 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7799 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7800 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7803 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7806 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7808 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7810 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7811 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7812 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7813 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7817 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7819 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7821 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7822 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7823 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7824 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7827 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7830 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7832 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7834 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7835 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7836 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7837 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7840 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7841 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7842 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7844 static struct breakpoint
*
7845 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7846 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7848 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7850 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7851 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7852 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7857 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7859 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7862 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7865 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7867 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7869 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7871 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7872 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7874 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7880 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7881 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7884 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7886 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7888 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7890 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7891 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7893 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7894 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7895 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7896 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7897 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7898 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7899 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7900 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7901 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7902 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7903 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7904 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7907 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7912 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7913 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7914 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7917 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7919 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7920 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7922 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7924 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7925 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7927 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7928 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7929 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7930 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7931 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7932 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7933 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7934 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7935 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7937 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7938 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7939 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7940 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7943 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7944 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7946 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7948 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7949 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7950 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7953 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7958 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7959 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7960 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7963 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7965 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7967 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7970 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7971 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7972 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7973 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7974 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7975 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7976 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7977 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7978 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7979 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7981 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7982 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7987 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7988 int bp_modified
= 0;
7990 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7993 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7995 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7997 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7998 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
8001 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
8004 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
8007 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8008 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
8011 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
8013 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
8014 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
8015 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
8016 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
8017 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
8020 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
8027 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
8031 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
8033 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
8034 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
8035 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
8036 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8037 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8039 struct fork_catchpoint
8041 /* The base class. */
8042 struct breakpoint base
;
8044 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
8045 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
8046 catchpoint has triggered. */
8047 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
8050 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8054 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8056 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8059 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8063 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8065 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8068 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8072 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8073 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8074 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8076 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8078 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
8081 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8085 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8088 static enum print_stop_action
8089 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
8091 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8092 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8093 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8095 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8096 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8097 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8098 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8100 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8101 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8103 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
8104 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8106 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8107 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
8108 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8109 uiout
->text ("), ");
8110 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8113 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8117 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8119 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8120 struct value_print_options opts
;
8121 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8123 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8125 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8126 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8128 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8129 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8131 uiout
->text ("fork");
8132 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8134 uiout
->text (", process ");
8135 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8139 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8140 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
8143 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8147 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8149 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8152 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8156 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8158 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8159 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8162 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8164 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8166 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8170 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8172 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8175 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8179 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8181 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8184 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8188 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8189 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8190 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8192 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8194 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8197 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8201 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8204 static enum print_stop_action
8205 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8207 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8208 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8209 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8211 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8212 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8213 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8214 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8216 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8217 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8219 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8220 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8222 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8223 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
8224 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8225 uiout
->text ("), ");
8226 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8229 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8233 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8235 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8236 struct value_print_options opts
;
8237 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8239 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8240 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8241 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8243 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8244 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8246 uiout
->text ("vfork");
8247 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8249 uiout
->text (", process ");
8250 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8254 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8255 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
8258 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8262 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8264 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8267 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8271 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8273 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8274 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8277 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8279 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8281 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8282 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8283 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8284 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8285 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8287 struct solib_catchpoint
8289 /* The base class. */
8290 struct breakpoint base
;
8292 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8293 unsigned char is_load
;
8295 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8296 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8302 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8304 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8307 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8308 xfree (self
->regex
);
8310 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8314 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8320 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8326 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8327 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8329 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8331 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8332 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8334 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8337 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8339 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8341 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8344 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8347 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8350 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8352 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8361 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8363 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8364 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8369 struct so_list
*iter
;
8372 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8377 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8386 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8391 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8397 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8400 static enum print_stop_action
8401 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8403 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8404 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8406 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8407 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8408 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8409 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8411 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8412 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8414 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8415 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8416 print_solib_event (1);
8417 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8421 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8423 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8424 struct value_print_options opts
;
8425 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8428 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8429 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8430 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8432 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8435 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8442 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8444 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8449 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8451 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8453 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8456 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8457 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8461 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8463 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8465 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8466 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8470 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8472 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8474 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8475 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8476 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8478 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8479 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8482 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8484 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8485 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8486 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8487 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8488 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8489 created in an enabled state. */
8492 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8494 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8495 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8496 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8500 arg
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
8502 c
= new solib_catchpoint ();
8503 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8509 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8512 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8514 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8515 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8517 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8520 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8521 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8522 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8524 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8526 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8527 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8530 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8534 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8535 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8538 const int enabled
= 1;
8540 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8542 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8546 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8547 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8549 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8553 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8554 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8556 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8559 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8560 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8561 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8562 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8565 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8566 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8567 const char *cond_string
,
8568 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8570 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8573 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8575 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8577 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8578 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8582 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8584 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8585 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8586 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8587 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8590 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8593 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8597 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8598 int tempflag
, const char *cond_string
,
8599 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8601 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= new fork_catchpoint ();
8603 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8605 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8607 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8610 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8612 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8613 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8614 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8615 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8616 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8618 struct exec_catchpoint
8620 /* The base class. */
8621 struct breakpoint base
;
8623 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8624 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8626 char *exec_pathname
;
8629 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8633 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8635 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8637 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8639 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8643 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8645 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8649 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8651 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8655 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8656 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8657 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8659 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8661 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8664 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8668 static enum print_stop_action
8669 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8671 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8672 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8673 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8675 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8676 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8677 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8678 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8680 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8681 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8683 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8684 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8686 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8687 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8688 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8689 uiout
->text ("), ");
8691 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8695 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8697 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8698 struct value_print_options opts
;
8699 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8701 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8703 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8704 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8705 is relatively readable). */
8706 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8707 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8709 uiout
->text ("exec");
8710 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8712 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8713 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8714 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8717 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8718 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8722 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8724 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8727 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8731 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8733 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8734 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8737 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8740 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8743 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8744 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8748 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8749 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8751 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8753 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8760 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8764 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8767 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8769 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8772 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8774 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8776 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8782 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8783 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8784 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8785 types _not_ TYPE. */
8788 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8789 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8792 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8794 *other_type_used
= 0;
8799 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8802 if (b
->type
== type
)
8803 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8804 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8805 *other_type_used
= 1;
8812 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8814 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8818 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8820 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8821 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8827 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8829 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8833 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8835 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8836 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8842 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8844 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8845 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8849 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8851 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8852 breakpoint_re_set ();
8855 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8858 static struct breakpoint
*
8859 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8861 struct breakpoint
*b
= new breakpoint ();
8863 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8864 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8866 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8867 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8870 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8872 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8877 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8878 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8882 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8883 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8885 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8887 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8889 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8891 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8892 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8893 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8894 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8896 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8897 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8899 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8900 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8902 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8907 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8908 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8909 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8911 static struct breakpoint
*
8912 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8914 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8917 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8919 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8920 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8921 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8923 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8924 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8925 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8926 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8927 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8928 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8929 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8930 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8931 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8932 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8933 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8934 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8936 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8937 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8938 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8940 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8944 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8948 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8950 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8954 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8958 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8961 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8963 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8965 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8966 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8968 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8972 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8975 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8977 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8978 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8980 printf_filtered ("\n");
8984 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8986 static struct bp_location
*
8987 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8988 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8990 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8991 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8992 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8994 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8995 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8997 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8998 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8999 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9000 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9001 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9002 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9003 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
9006 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9007 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
9008 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
9009 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
9014 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
9015 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
9016 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
9017 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
9018 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
9019 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
9020 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
9021 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
9022 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
9023 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
9025 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
9026 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
9028 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
9029 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
9030 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
9031 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
9032 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
9033 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
9034 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
9035 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
9036 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
9037 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
9038 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
9039 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
9041 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9048 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9051 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
9055 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9056 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9057 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9061 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9063 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9067 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
9069 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9070 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9071 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9072 cleanup
= make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9074 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9075 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9078 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9083 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9084 return 0 otherwise. */
9087 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9089 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9092 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9094 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
9095 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
9096 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
9098 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
9101 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9102 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9104 retval
= program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
9106 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9111 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9112 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9115 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9117 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9118 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9123 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9125 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9127 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9129 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9131 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9132 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9134 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9135 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9136 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9138 if (!dprintf_function
)
9139 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9141 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9142 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9147 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9151 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9153 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9154 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9157 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9158 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9162 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9163 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9165 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9166 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9168 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
= XNEW (struct command_line
);
9170 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9171 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9172 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9173 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9174 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9176 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, command_line_up (printf_cmd_line
));
9180 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9181 current style settings. */
9184 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9185 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9187 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9191 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9192 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9196 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9197 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9198 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
9199 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
9202 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9203 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9204 event_location_up
&&location
,
9205 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9207 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9208 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9209 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9210 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9211 int display_canonical
)
9215 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9217 int target_resources_ok
;
9219 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9220 target_resources_ok
=
9221 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9223 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9224 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9225 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9226 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9229 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9231 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9233 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9234 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9238 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9240 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9242 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9243 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9248 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9252 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9253 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9254 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9255 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9256 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9258 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9259 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9261 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9263 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9264 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9266 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9268 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9269 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9271 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
9275 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9277 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9279 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9280 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9282 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9284 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9286 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9288 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9289 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9291 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9293 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9296 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9297 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9304 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9305 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9311 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9313 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9314 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9316 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9319 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9320 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9321 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9323 if (b
->extra_string
)
9324 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9326 error (_("Format string required"));
9328 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9329 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9332 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9333 if (location
!= NULL
)
9334 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
9336 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
9341 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9342 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9343 event_location_up
&&location
,
9344 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9346 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9347 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9348 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9349 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9350 int display_canonical
)
9352 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9353 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9355 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9357 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9359 t
= new tracepoint ();
9363 b
= new breakpoint ();
9365 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9367 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9368 sals
, std::move (location
),
9369 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9371 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9373 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9375 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9377 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9380 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9381 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9382 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9383 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9384 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9385 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9386 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9387 we take just a single condition string.
9389 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9390 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9391 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9392 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9393 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9396 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9397 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9398 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9399 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9400 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9401 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9402 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9405 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9407 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9408 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9410 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9412 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9413 'break', without arguments. */
9414 event_location_up location
9415 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9416 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
9417 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9419 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9420 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9421 std::move (location
),
9423 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9425 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9426 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9427 canonical
->special_display
);
9431 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9432 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9433 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9434 linespec locations).
9436 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9437 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9440 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9441 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9443 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9445 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9447 const char *address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9449 if (address
== NULL
)
9451 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9452 breakpoint address. */
9453 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9455 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9456 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9459 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9460 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9462 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9463 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9464 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9465 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9466 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9467 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9469 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9471 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9472 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9473 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9474 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9475 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9477 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9479 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9480 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9481 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9483 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9487 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9491 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9492 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9493 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9494 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9496 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9497 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9498 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9499 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9501 const char *address
= NULL
;
9503 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9504 address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9508 && strchr ("+-", address
[0]) != NULL
9509 && address
[1] != '['))
9511 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9512 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9513 get_last_displayed_line (),
9514 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9519 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9520 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9524 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9525 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9528 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9532 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9533 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9536 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9537 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9538 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9539 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9540 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9544 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9545 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9548 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9550 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9552 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9554 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9556 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9558 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9559 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9560 associated with SAL. */
9563 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
, &msg
);
9564 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9567 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9568 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9570 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9574 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9575 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9576 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9577 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9578 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9579 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9582 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9583 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9586 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9593 const char *end_tok
;
9595 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9596 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9598 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9600 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9602 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9606 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9608 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9610 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9612 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9613 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9615 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9617 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9620 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9623 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9625 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9626 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9629 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9634 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9636 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9637 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9638 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9643 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9647 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9651 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9653 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9654 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9656 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9657 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9658 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9659 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9664 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9666 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9668 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9669 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9671 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9672 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9673 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9675 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9676 sals
.sals
= XNEWVEC (struct symtab_and_line
, sals
.nelts
);
9678 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9680 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9682 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9684 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9686 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9687 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9689 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9692 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9698 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9701 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9702 const struct event_location
*location
, char *cond_string
,
9703 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9705 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9707 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9708 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9709 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9712 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9713 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9716 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9718 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9720 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9721 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9722 extra_string
= NULL
;
9726 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9728 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9730 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9732 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9734 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9737 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9738 throw_exception (e
);
9740 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9742 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9743 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9744 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9745 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9746 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9749 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9750 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9751 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9752 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9756 throw_exception (e
);
9760 if (!pending
&& VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9763 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9764 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9765 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9766 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9767 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9769 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9770 are ok for the target. */
9774 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9776 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9777 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9780 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9781 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9784 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9786 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9787 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9790 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9791 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9798 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9800 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9802 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9803 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9804 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9805 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9807 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9808 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9810 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9812 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9814 extra_string
= rest
;
9816 extra_string
= NULL
;
9820 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9821 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9822 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9824 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9827 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9828 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9830 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9833 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9834 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9838 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9839 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9840 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9841 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9842 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9846 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9848 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9850 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9852 t
= new tracepoint ();
9856 b
= new breakpoint ();
9858 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9859 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9862 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9865 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9868 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9869 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9871 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9875 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9876 if (extra_string
!= NULL
)
9878 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9879 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9881 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9882 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9883 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9884 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9885 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9886 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9887 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9888 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9890 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9893 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9895 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9896 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9897 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9900 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9902 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9904 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9905 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9910 /* Set a breakpoint.
9911 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9912 condition, and thread.
9913 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9914 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9918 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9920 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9921 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9922 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9924 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9926 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9928 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9929 if (location
!= NULL
9930 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9931 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9933 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9935 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9937 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9938 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9939 0 /* Ignore count */,
9940 pending_break_support
,
9948 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9951 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9955 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9957 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9958 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9959 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9962 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9963 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9964 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9965 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9968 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9970 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9971 const struct block
*b
;
9974 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9975 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9978 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9981 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9982 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9987 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9988 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9989 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9990 happen in assembly source). */
9992 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
9993 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9995 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9997 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9999 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
10001 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10008 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10010 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10014 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10016 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
10020 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10022 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
10026 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10028 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
10032 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10034 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10035 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10036 stop at <line>\n"));
10040 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10044 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
10046 else if (*arg
!= '*')
10048 char *argptr
= arg
;
10051 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10052 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10053 function/method name. */
10054 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10056 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10061 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10063 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10067 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10069 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10073 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10077 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10081 char *argptr
= arg
;
10084 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10085 it is probably a line number. */
10086 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10088 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10093 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10095 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10099 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10101 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10104 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10105 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10106 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10110 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10112 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10114 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
10115 the next character must be ','. */
10118 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
10119 error (_("Format string required"));
10122 /* Skip the comma. */
10127 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10129 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10131 0 /* Ignore count */,
10132 pending_break_support
,
10133 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10141 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10143 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10146 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10147 ranged breakpoints. */
10150 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10151 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10153 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10155 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10156 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10159 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10160 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10163 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10164 ranged breakpoints. */
10167 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10169 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10172 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10173 ranged breakpoints. */
10175 static enum print_stop_action
10176 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10178 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10179 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10180 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10182 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10184 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10185 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10187 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10189 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10191 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10192 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
10194 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
10195 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10197 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
10198 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10199 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10201 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
10202 uiout
->text (", ");
10204 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10207 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10208 ranged breakpoints. */
10211 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10212 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10214 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10215 struct value_print_options opts
;
10216 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10218 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10219 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10221 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10223 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10224 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10225 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10226 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
10227 annotate_field (5);
10228 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10232 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10233 ranged breakpoints. */
10236 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10237 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10239 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10240 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10245 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10246 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10248 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
10249 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
10250 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10251 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10252 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
10253 uiout
->text ("\n");
10256 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10257 ranged breakpoints. */
10260 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10262 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10263 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10266 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10268 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10271 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10272 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10273 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10276 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10277 ranged breakpoints. */
10280 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10282 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
10283 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
10284 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
10285 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10288 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10290 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10292 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10293 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10294 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10295 last instruction of the given line. */
10298 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10302 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10303 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10304 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10311 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10313 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10315 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10322 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10325 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10327 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
;
10328 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10329 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10331 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10332 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10333 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10334 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10336 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10337 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10338 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10340 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10341 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10342 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10344 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10345 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10347 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10348 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10349 error(_("No address range specified."));
10352 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10354 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
10357 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10358 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10359 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10361 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10363 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10364 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10365 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10367 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10368 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10369 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10371 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10372 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10374 /* Parse the end location. */
10378 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10379 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10380 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10381 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10382 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10383 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10385 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
10386 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10387 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10389 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10390 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10392 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10393 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10394 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10395 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10397 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10399 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10400 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10401 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10403 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10405 /* Length overflowed. */
10406 error (_("Address range too large."));
10407 else if (length
== 1)
10409 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10410 the `hbreak' command. */
10411 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10413 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10418 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10419 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10420 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10421 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10422 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10423 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10424 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
10425 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
10426 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10428 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10431 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10432 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10435 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10436 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10437 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10441 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10443 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10449 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10450 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10453 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10463 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10464 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10465 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10466 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10467 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10469 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10496 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10499 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10500 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10505 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10506 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10507 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10508 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10509 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10510 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10511 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10513 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10514 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10519 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10521 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10522 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10523 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10524 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10526 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10527 are always constant. */
10529 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10531 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10532 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10533 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10538 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10539 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10540 then it is not a constant. */
10549 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10552 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10554 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10556 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10557 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10558 value_free (w
->val
);
10560 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10563 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10566 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10568 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10570 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10571 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10573 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10574 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10575 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10576 are loaded and unloaded.
10578 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10579 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10580 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10581 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10582 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10583 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10585 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10586 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10587 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10588 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10590 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10591 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10593 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10594 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10595 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10598 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10601 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10603 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10604 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10606 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10607 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10610 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10613 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10615 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10616 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10618 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10619 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10623 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10624 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10625 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10627 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10628 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10630 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10631 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10632 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10633 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10634 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10635 (did not match the data address). */
10636 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10637 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10644 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10646 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10648 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10651 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10652 hardware watchpoints. */
10655 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10657 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10658 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10660 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10663 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10664 hardware watchpoints. */
10667 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10669 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10670 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10673 static enum print_stop_action
10674 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10676 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10677 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10678 enum print_stop_action result
;
10679 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10680 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10682 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10684 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10685 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10687 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
10689 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10690 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10696 case bp_watchpoint
:
10697 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10698 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10699 uiout
->field_string
10700 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10702 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10703 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10704 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, &stb
);
10705 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10706 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10707 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10708 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10709 uiout
->text ("\n");
10710 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10711 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10714 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10715 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10716 uiout
->field_string
10717 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10719 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10720 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10721 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10722 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10723 uiout
->text ("\n");
10724 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10727 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10728 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10730 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10731 uiout
->field_string
10733 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10735 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10736 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10737 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, &stb
);
10738 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10739 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10744 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10745 uiout
->field_string
10747 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10748 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10749 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10751 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10752 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10753 uiout
->text ("\n");
10754 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10757 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10760 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10764 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10768 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10770 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10771 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10772 const char *tuple_name
;
10776 case bp_watchpoint
:
10777 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10778 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10780 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10781 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10782 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10784 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10785 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10786 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10788 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10789 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10790 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10793 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10794 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10797 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10798 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10799 uiout
->text (": ");
10800 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10803 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10807 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10809 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10813 case bp_watchpoint
:
10814 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10815 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10817 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10818 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10820 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10821 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10824 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10825 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10828 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10829 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10832 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10836 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10838 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10839 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10840 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10846 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10848 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10850 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10851 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10854 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10856 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10858 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10859 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10862 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10863 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10866 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10868 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10870 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10871 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10874 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10875 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10878 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10880 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10882 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10885 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10886 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10889 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10894 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10895 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10897 static enum print_stop_action
10898 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10900 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10901 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10903 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10904 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10906 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10907 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10911 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10912 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10913 uiout
->field_string
10914 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10917 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10918 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10919 uiout
->field_string
10920 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10923 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10924 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10925 uiout
->field_string
10927 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10930 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10931 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10935 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10936 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10937 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10938 uiout
->text ("\n");
10940 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10941 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10944 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10945 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10948 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10949 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10951 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10953 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10954 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10956 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10957 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10958 uiout
->text ("\n");
10961 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10962 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10965 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10967 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10968 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10969 const char *tuple_name
;
10973 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10974 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10975 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10977 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10978 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10979 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10981 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10982 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10983 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10986 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10987 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10990 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10991 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10992 uiout
->text (": ");
10993 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10996 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10997 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11000 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11002 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11007 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11008 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11010 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11011 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11013 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11014 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11017 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11018 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11021 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11022 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
11023 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11026 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11028 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11030 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11033 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11035 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11038 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11039 hw_read: watch read,
11040 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11042 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11043 int just_location
, int internal
)
11045 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11046 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11047 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11048 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
11049 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11050 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11051 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11053 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11054 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11055 enum bptype bp_type
;
11058 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11059 the hardware watchpoint. */
11061 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11062 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11064 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11066 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11067 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11069 const char *value_start
;
11071 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11073 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11074 of the arguments string. */
11075 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11077 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11078 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11081 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11082 This is the value of the parameter. */
11083 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11085 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11087 /* Skip whitespace. */
11088 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11093 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11094 This is the parameter itself. */
11095 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11098 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11100 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
11102 struct thread_info
*thr
;
11103 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11104 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11105 only in a specific thread. */
11109 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11111 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11112 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
11114 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
11115 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11116 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
11118 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
11120 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
11122 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11123 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11125 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11128 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11130 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11132 mark
= value_mark ();
11133 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11134 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11135 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11138 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11141 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11142 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11149 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11150 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11152 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11153 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11154 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11155 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11156 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11158 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11159 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11161 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11164 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11165 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
11169 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11170 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11172 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11175 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11176 mark
= value_mark ();
11177 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11179 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11181 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11182 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11189 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11190 val
= value_addr (result
);
11191 release_value (val
);
11192 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11196 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11199 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11200 else if (ret
== -2)
11201 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11204 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11205 release_value (val
);
11207 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11208 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11210 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11211 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11213 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11214 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11215 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11217 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11218 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11219 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11224 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11226 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11228 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
11230 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
11232 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11233 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11234 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11235 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11236 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
11238 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
11240 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11242 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
11243 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
11246 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
11247 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11248 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11250 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
11253 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11255 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11256 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11258 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11259 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
11261 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11262 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
11263 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
11264 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11265 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11266 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11267 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11271 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11272 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11273 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11274 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11276 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11277 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11278 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11279 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11281 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11283 w
= new watchpoint ();
11286 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11287 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11289 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11290 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11291 b
->thread
= thread
;
11292 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11293 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11294 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
11295 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11296 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11299 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11300 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11302 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11304 std::string name
= type_to_string (t
);
11306 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
.c_str (),
11307 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11309 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11310 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11312 /* The above expression is in C. */
11313 b
->language
= language_c
;
11316 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11320 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11325 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11326 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11331 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11333 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11335 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
11337 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
11338 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11342 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11343 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11346 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11348 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11349 need to act on them together. */
11350 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11351 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11354 if (!just_location
)
11355 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11359 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11360 that should be inserted. */
11361 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11363 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11365 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11366 throw_exception (e
);
11370 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11371 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11374 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11375 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11378 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11380 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11381 struct value
*head
= v
;
11383 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11384 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11387 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11388 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11389 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11390 hardware watchpoint.
11392 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11393 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11394 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11395 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11396 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11397 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11398 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11399 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11400 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11402 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11403 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11404 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11405 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11406 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11408 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11410 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11411 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11412 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11413 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11414 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11415 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11419 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11420 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11421 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11423 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11424 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11425 middle of some value chain. */
11427 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11428 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11430 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11434 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11435 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11436 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11438 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11442 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11446 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11447 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11448 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11449 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11450 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11453 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11454 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11455 return found_memory_cnt
;
11459 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11461 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11464 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11465 calls watch_command_1. */
11468 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11470 int just_location
= 0;
11473 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11474 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11476 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11480 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11484 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11486 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11490 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11492 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11496 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11498 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11502 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11504 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11508 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11510 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11514 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11515 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11518 struct until_break_fsm
11520 /* The base class. */
11521 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
11523 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11526 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11527 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11529 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11531 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
11534 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11535 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11536 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11537 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11538 static enum async_reply_reason
11539 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11541 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11543 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
11546 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
11547 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11548 NULL
, /* return_value */
11549 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11552 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11554 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11555 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
11556 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
,
11557 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
)
11559 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11561 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11562 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
, cmd_interp
);
11564 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11565 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
;
11566 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
;
11571 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11572 until(location)/advance commands. */
11575 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11576 struct thread_info
*tp
)
11578 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11580 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11581 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11582 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11583 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11584 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11585 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11590 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11591 until(location)/advance commands. */
11594 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11595 struct thread_info
*thread
)
11597 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11599 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11600 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11602 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11603 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11605 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11607 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11608 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11610 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11613 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11614 until(location)/advance commands. */
11616 static enum async_reply_reason
11617 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11619 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11623 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11625 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11626 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11627 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11628 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11629 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11630 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11631 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11632 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11633 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11635 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11636 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11638 clear_proceed_status (0);
11640 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11643 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11645 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11646 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11647 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11648 get_last_displayed_line ());
11650 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11651 NULL
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11653 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11654 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11656 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11657 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11660 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11662 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11664 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11665 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11667 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11669 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11670 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11671 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11674 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11675 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11676 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11677 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11679 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11682 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11684 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11685 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11687 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11688 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11689 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11690 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11694 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (caller_breakpoint
);
11696 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11697 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11700 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11704 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11705 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11706 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11707 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11709 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11710 only at the very same frame. */
11711 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11712 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11713 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (location_breakpoint
);
11715 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11716 location_breakpoint
, caller_breakpoint
);
11717 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11719 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11721 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11724 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11725 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11727 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11728 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11729 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11730 if clause in the arg string. */
11733 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11735 const char *cond_string
;
11737 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11740 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11743 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11744 condition string. */
11745 *arg
= skip_spaces_const (*arg
);
11746 cond_string
= *arg
;
11748 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11750 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11752 return cond_string
;
11755 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11756 process start/exit, etc. */
11760 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11761 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11766 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg_entry
, int from_tty
,
11767 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11769 const char *arg
= arg_entry
;
11770 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11771 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11772 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11775 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11776 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11777 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11781 arg
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11783 /* The allowed syntax is:
11785 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11787 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11788 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11790 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11791 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11793 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11794 and enable reporting of such events. */
11797 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11798 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11799 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11800 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11802 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11803 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11804 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11805 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11808 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11814 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg_entry
, int from_tty
,
11815 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11817 const char *arg
= arg_entry
;
11818 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11819 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11821 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11823 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11827 arg
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11829 /* The allowed syntax is:
11831 catch exec if <cond>
11833 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11834 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11836 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11837 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11839 c
= new exec_catchpoint ();
11840 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11841 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11842 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11844 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11848 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11849 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11850 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11852 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11859 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11861 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11863 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11864 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11865 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11866 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11867 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11868 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11869 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11870 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11871 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11872 enough for now, though. */
11875 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11877 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11878 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11879 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11880 language_def (language_ada
));
11881 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11885 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11887 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11892 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11894 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11897 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11900 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11902 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= (const breakpoint_p
*) a
;
11903 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11904 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= (const breakpoint_p
*) b
;
11905 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11907 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11909 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11912 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11916 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11919 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11922 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11924 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11925 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11928 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11929 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11931 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11935 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11936 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11937 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11938 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11943 sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
11944 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11945 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11947 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11948 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11949 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11950 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11951 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11952 error (_("No source file specified."));
11954 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11960 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11961 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11962 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11963 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11965 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11966 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11967 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11968 due to optimization, all in one block.
11970 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11971 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11972 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11973 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11974 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11975 to support that. */
11977 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11978 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11979 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11983 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11984 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11986 const char *sal_fullname
;
11988 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11989 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11990 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11993 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11998 1 0 <can't happen> */
12000 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
12001 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
12002 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
12004 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12005 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12008 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12009 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
12011 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12012 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12014 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12015 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12016 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
12018 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
12019 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
12020 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
12021 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
12022 int line_match
= 0;
12024 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
12025 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
12026 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
12027 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12028 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
12029 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
12030 sal_fullname
) == 0)
12033 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12042 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12046 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12047 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12050 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12052 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12055 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12056 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12057 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12058 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12059 compare_breakpoints
);
12060 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12061 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12065 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12070 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12071 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12074 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12075 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12077 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12080 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12083 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12084 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12087 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12089 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12092 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12093 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12094 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12097 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12099 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12101 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12102 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12103 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12105 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12107 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12109 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12110 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12114 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12115 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12116 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12117 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12118 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12119 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12122 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12124 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
12125 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
12127 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12128 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12130 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12131 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12134 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12135 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12136 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12138 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12139 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
12140 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
12142 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12143 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12144 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12146 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12147 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12148 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12150 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12153 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
12154 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12155 content of the bp_locations array. */
12158 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
12160 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12162 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12163 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12165 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12167 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12169 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12172 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12173 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12175 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12176 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12177 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12178 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12180 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12182 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12183 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12184 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12185 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12189 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12192 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12194 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12195 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12196 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
12198 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12200 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12202 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12203 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12204 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12206 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12207 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12208 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12211 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
12213 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12214 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
12216 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
12219 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
12222 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12224 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12225 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12226 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12227 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12230 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12232 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12235 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12237 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12238 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12239 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12240 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12243 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12246 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12249 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12251 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12252 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12253 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12254 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12256 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12257 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12258 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12259 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12260 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12262 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12263 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12264 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12265 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12266 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12267 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12268 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12269 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12272 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12273 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12274 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12278 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12280 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12281 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12282 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12285 address
= bl
->address
;
12286 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12288 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12289 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12290 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12292 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12293 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12296 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12297 the same program space as the location
12298 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12299 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12300 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12304 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12305 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12308 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12309 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12310 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12311 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12312 that have already been marked. */
12313 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12315 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12317 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
12320 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12321 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12322 locations are duplicate of which.
12324 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12325 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12329 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12331 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12332 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12333 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12334 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12335 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12336 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12337 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12339 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12340 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12341 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12342 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12343 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12345 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12346 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12347 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12348 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12350 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
12351 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12352 struct bp_location
**old_locations
, **old_locp
;
12353 unsigned old_locations_count
;
12355 old_locations
= bp_locations
;
12356 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
12357 bp_locations
= NULL
;
12358 bp_locations_count
= 0;
12359 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_locations
);
12361 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12362 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12363 bp_locations_count
++;
12365 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
12366 locp
= bp_locations
;
12367 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12368 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12370 qsort (bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
, sizeof (*bp_locations
),
12371 bp_locations_compare
);
12373 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
12375 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12376 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12377 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12378 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12379 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12382 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12383 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12385 locp
= bp_locations
;
12386 for (old_locp
= old_locations
;
12387 old_locp
< old_locations
+ old_locations_count
;
12390 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12391 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12393 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12394 not, we have to free it. */
12395 int found_object
= 0;
12396 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12397 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12400 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12401 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12402 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12403 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12407 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12408 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12411 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12412 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12413 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12415 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12416 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12417 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12419 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12420 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12423 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12427 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12428 have to go through updates again. */
12429 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12431 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12433 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12435 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12436 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12437 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12438 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12439 at certain location is not inserted. */
12441 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12443 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12446 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12448 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12449 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12450 keep_in_target
= 1;
12454 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12455 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12456 remove its target-side condition. */
12458 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12459 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12460 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12461 this one from the target. */
12463 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12464 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12467 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12468 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12471 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12473 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12475 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12476 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12477 supported, but the latter are. */
12478 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12480 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12481 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12484 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12485 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12487 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12488 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12490 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12491 keep_in_target
= 1;
12499 if (!keep_in_target
)
12501 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
12503 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12504 this location on the global list, and try to
12505 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12506 reason why we will succeed next time.
12508 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12509 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12510 only after calling us. */
12511 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12512 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12513 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12521 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
12522 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12524 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12525 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12526 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12527 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12528 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12529 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12530 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12531 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12532 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12533 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12534 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12535 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12536 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12537 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12540 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12541 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12543 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12544 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12545 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12546 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12547 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12548 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12549 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12550 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12551 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12552 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12553 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12554 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12555 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12558 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12559 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12560 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12561 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12563 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12564 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12565 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12566 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12567 traps we can no longer explain. */
12569 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12570 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12572 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12576 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12577 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12582 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12583 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12584 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12585 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12586 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12587 are sorted first for the same address.
12589 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12590 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12592 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12593 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12594 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12595 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12596 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12598 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12600 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12603 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12604 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12605 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12606 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12607 `struct bp_location'. */
12608 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12610 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12611 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12615 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12616 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12617 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12618 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12619 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12620 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12622 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12624 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12625 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12626 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12628 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12629 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12631 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12633 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12634 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12635 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12641 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12642 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12643 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12645 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12646 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12648 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12649 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12652 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12654 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12655 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12658 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12659 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12660 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12661 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12662 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12664 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12668 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12669 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12671 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12675 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12677 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12680 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12681 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12683 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12684 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12690 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12695 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12697 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12703 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12706 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12710 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12711 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12713 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12714 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12715 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12719 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12721 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12723 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12725 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12729 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12733 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12735 struct value_print_options opts
;
12737 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12739 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12741 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12743 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12744 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12745 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12746 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12748 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12749 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12751 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12753 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12754 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12759 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12760 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12766 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12768 printf_filtered (" at ");
12769 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12772 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12774 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12776 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12777 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12778 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12779 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12781 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12782 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12783 real situation somewhat. */
12784 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12785 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12790 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12792 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12794 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12799 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12802 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12804 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12807 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12812 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12816 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12818 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12819 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12820 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12821 xfree (self
->filter
);
12824 static struct bp_location
*
12825 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12827 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12829 loc
= new struct bp_location ();
12830 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12835 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12837 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12840 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12841 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12844 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12846 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12850 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12851 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12853 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12857 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12858 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12860 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12862 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12866 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12871 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12875 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12877 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12880 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12884 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12886 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12889 static enum print_stop_action
12890 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12892 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12896 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12897 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12903 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12905 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12909 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12911 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12915 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12916 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12917 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12918 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12920 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12924 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12925 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12927 char *extra_string
,
12928 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12929 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12931 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12932 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12933 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12934 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12936 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12940 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12941 const struct event_location
*location
,
12942 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
12943 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12945 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12948 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12951 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12956 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12959 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12961 /* Nothing to do. */
12964 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12966 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12967 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12968 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12969 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12970 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12971 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12972 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12973 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12974 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12975 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12977 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12978 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12979 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12980 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12981 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12982 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12983 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12984 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12987 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12990 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12992 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12993 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12995 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12996 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13000 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13004 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13006 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
13008 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
13009 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
13011 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13012 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13014 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13018 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
13020 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13021 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13023 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
13027 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13028 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13029 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13031 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13032 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
13035 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
13039 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13040 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13041 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13048 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13049 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13050 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13052 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
13053 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13055 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13056 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13057 be set at the same address. */
13061 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
13065 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13067 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13072 static enum print_stop_action
13073 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13075 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13076 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13078 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13080 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13082 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13083 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13085 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13086 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13087 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13090 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13091 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
13094 uiout
->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
13096 uiout
->text ("Breakpoint ");
13097 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13099 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
13100 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13101 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13103 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
13104 uiout
->text (", ");
13106 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13110 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13112 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13117 case bp_breakpoint
:
13118 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13119 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13120 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13122 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13123 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13124 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13125 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13127 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13128 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13131 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13139 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13141 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13142 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13143 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13144 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13145 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13146 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13147 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13148 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13149 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13151 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13152 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13154 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13155 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
13157 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
13158 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
13159 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13160 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
13162 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13166 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13167 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13168 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13170 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13174 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13175 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13177 char *extra_string
,
13178 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13179 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13181 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13182 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13183 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13184 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13186 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13187 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13189 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13190 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13191 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13195 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13196 const struct event_location
*location
,
13197 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13198 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13200 decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13203 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13206 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13210 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13211 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13212 case bp_overlay_event
:
13213 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13214 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13215 case bp_exception_master
:
13216 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13219 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13220 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13221 case bp_shlib_event
:
13223 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13224 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13225 case bp_thread_event
:
13231 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13233 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13235 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13236 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13237 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13238 objects (among other things). */
13239 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13240 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13246 static enum print_stop_action
13247 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13249 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13251 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13255 case bp_shlib_event
:
13256 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13257 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13258 to shlib event" message.) */
13259 print_solib_event (0);
13262 case bp_thread_event
:
13263 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13264 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13265 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13268 case bp_overlay_event
:
13269 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13270 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13273 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13274 /* These should never be enabled. */
13275 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13278 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13279 /* These should never be enabled. */
13280 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13281 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13284 case bp_exception_master
:
13285 /* These should never be enabled. */
13286 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13287 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13291 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13295 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13297 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13300 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13303 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13305 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13306 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13307 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13308 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13312 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13314 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13317 static enum print_stop_action
13318 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13320 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13324 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13326 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13329 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13331 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13332 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13335 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13337 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (self
->thread
);
13340 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13342 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13345 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13348 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13350 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13354 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13356 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13357 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13366 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
13367 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
13369 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13370 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13371 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13375 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
13379 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13380 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13381 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13383 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13385 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
13387 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13388 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13392 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13393 const struct event_location
*location
,
13394 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13395 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13397 *sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
13399 error (_("probe not found"));
13402 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13405 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13407 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13411 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13412 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13413 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13415 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13421 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13422 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13424 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13425 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13427 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13429 uiout
->text ("\tmarker id is ");
13430 uiout
->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13431 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13432 uiout
->text ("\n");
13437 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13439 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13444 case bp_tracepoint
:
13445 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13446 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13448 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13449 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13450 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13452 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13453 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13454 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13457 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13458 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13465 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13467 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13469 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13470 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13471 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13472 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13473 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13474 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13476 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13477 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13479 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13480 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
13481 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13483 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13484 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13488 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13489 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13490 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13492 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13496 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13497 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13499 char *extra_string
,
13500 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13501 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13503 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13504 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13505 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13506 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13508 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13509 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13511 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13512 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13513 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13517 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13518 const struct event_location
*location
,
13519 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13520 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13522 decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13525 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13527 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13531 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13532 (const struct event_location
*location
,
13533 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13534 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13536 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13537 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13541 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13542 const struct event_location
*location
,
13543 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13544 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13546 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13547 bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13550 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13552 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13555 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13557 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13559 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13560 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
13562 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13563 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13564 3 - disconnect from target 1
13565 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13567 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13568 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13569 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13570 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13571 it all the time. */
13572 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13573 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13576 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13579 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13581 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13582 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
13584 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13587 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13590 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13591 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13592 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13593 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13594 address are all handled. */
13597 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13599 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13600 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13601 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13603 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13604 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13605 condition not be evaluated. */
13608 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13609 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13610 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13611 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13612 commands here throws. */
13613 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13614 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13615 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13617 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13619 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13620 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13622 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13625 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13629 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13630 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13631 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13633 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13634 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13636 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
13638 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13639 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13641 str
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13642 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
13643 canonical
->location
= new_linespec_location (&str
);
13644 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
13647 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13648 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13652 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13653 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13655 char *extra_string
,
13656 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13657 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13659 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13660 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13661 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13662 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13665 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13666 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13668 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13669 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13670 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13671 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13672 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13673 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13675 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13677 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13678 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13679 event_location_up location
;
13681 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13682 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13684 location
= copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
13686 tp
= new tracepoint ();
13687 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13688 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13689 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13690 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13691 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13692 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13693 canonical
->special_display
);
13694 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13695 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13696 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13697 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13698 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13699 corresponds to this one */
13700 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13702 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13707 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13708 const struct event_location
*location
,
13709 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13710 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13712 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13713 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13715 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13716 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13718 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13722 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13725 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13728 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13730 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13733 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13737 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13739 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13741 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13743 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13744 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13747 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13748 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13749 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13750 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13751 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13754 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13755 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13756 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13757 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13759 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13762 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13763 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13764 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13766 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13767 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13769 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13770 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13771 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13772 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13776 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13778 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13779 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13780 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13781 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13782 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13785 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13786 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13787 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13788 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13790 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13792 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13793 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13795 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13796 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13798 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13802 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13804 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13805 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13806 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13807 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13808 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13809 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13810 commands won't work. */
13812 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13814 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13815 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13816 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13817 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13818 might be better design to have location completely
13819 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13820 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13822 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13823 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13824 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13825 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13830 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13832 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint
*) b
);
13836 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13838 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13841 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13842 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13845 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13846 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13850 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13855 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13857 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13858 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13860 if (next
== related
)
13862 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13863 function (related
, data
);
13865 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13866 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13871 function (related
, data
);
13875 while (related
!= b
);
13879 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13881 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13884 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13885 delete_breakpoint. */
13888 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13890 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13894 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13896 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13902 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13904 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13905 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13906 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13907 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13908 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13910 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13914 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13916 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13918 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13919 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13920 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13924 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13927 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13928 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13932 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13934 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13936 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13937 if ((pspace
== NULL
13938 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13939 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13940 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13945 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13946 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13947 Null names are ignored. */
13950 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13952 struct bp_location
*l
;
13953 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13954 (int (*) (const void *,
13955 const void *)) streq
,
13956 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13958 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13961 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13963 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13967 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13969 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13973 htab_delete (htab
);
13979 htab_delete (htab
);
13983 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13984 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13985 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13986 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13987 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13988 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13989 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13990 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13993 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13994 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13995 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13996 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13997 in the sources, and output a warning.
13999 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14000 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14001 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14002 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14003 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14006 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14007 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14008 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14009 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14010 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14011 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14012 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14013 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14014 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14016 static struct symtab_and_line
14017 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
14019 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14020 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
14025 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
14027 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
14029 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
14030 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14032 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
14034 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14035 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
14036 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
14041 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14043 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
14045 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
14046 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
14048 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
14051 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14053 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
14055 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
14056 struct symbol
*sym
;
14057 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
14058 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14059 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
14061 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
14063 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14064 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
14066 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14067 "found at previous line number"),
14068 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14072 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
14074 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
14075 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
14076 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
14079 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
14080 uiout
->text (" at ");
14082 uiout
->field_string ("file",
14083 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14086 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
14088 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14090 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
14093 uiout
->field_int ("line", sal2
.line
);
14094 uiout
->text ("\n");
14096 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14097 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14099 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
14100 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14101 explicit_loc
.source_filename
14102 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14103 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
14104 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
14105 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14107 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14110 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14116 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14117 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14120 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14124 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14127 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14130 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14137 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14143 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
14144 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
14145 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
14147 static struct bp_location
*
14148 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
14150 struct bp_location head
;
14151 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
14152 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
14153 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
14155 if (pspace
== NULL
)
14166 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
14181 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
14182 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
14183 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
14184 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
14188 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14189 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
14190 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14191 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14194 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
14196 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14198 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14200 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14201 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14202 "multiple locations found\n"),
14207 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14208 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14209 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14210 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14211 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14212 individual locations. */
14213 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14216 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
14218 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14220 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14222 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14224 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14226 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14228 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14232 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14235 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14236 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14239 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14241 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14242 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14243 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14244 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14249 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14251 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14253 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14257 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14260 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14261 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14262 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14263 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14264 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14265 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14266 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14268 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14270 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14272 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14273 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14275 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14276 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14284 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14285 if (l
->function_name
14286 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14296 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14297 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14300 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14301 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14303 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14304 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
14305 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
14307 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14308 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
14310 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14314 b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
, &sals
);
14316 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14318 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14322 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14323 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14324 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14325 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14326 state, then user already saw the message about that
14327 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14329 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14330 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14332 && search_pspace
!= NULL
14333 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
14334 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14335 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14336 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14337 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14339 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14341 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14342 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14343 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14344 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14345 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14346 which approach is better. */
14347 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14348 throw_exception (e
);
14353 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14357 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14358 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14359 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
14361 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14364 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14365 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14367 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
14369 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14370 b
->thread
= thread
;
14374 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
14375 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14377 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14380 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14381 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14391 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14392 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14396 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14399 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14400 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14401 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14402 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
14404 sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (), filter_pspace
, &found
);
14407 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14411 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
14413 sals_end
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
14414 filter_pspace
, &found
);
14417 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14418 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14422 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14425 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14426 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14429 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
14430 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14431 enum bptype type_wanted
)
14433 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
14436 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14437 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14441 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14442 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14444 char *extra_string
,
14445 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14446 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14448 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14449 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14450 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14451 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14453 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14455 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14456 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14457 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14460 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14461 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14464 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14465 const struct event_location
*location
,
14466 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
14467 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14469 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14471 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
14472 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14473 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14476 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14477 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14479 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14481 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14483 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14484 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14485 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14487 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14491 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14493 static struct cleanup
*
14494 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14496 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14497 set_language (b
->language
);
14499 return make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
14502 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14503 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14504 Unused in this case. */
14507 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14509 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14510 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14511 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14513 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14514 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14515 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14519 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
14520 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
14523 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14525 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14526 enum language save_language
;
14527 int save_input_radix
;
14528 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14530 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14531 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14532 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14534 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
14535 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
14536 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
14537 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
14539 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14541 /* Format possible error msg. */
14542 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14544 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14545 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14546 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14548 set_language (save_language
);
14549 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14551 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14553 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14555 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14556 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14557 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14558 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14560 /* Now we can insert. */
14561 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14564 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14566 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14567 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14569 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14571 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14573 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14574 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14576 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14577 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14578 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14580 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14584 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14585 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14586 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14589 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14591 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14596 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14597 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14599 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14601 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14602 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14607 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14611 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14612 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14614 else if (count
== 1)
14615 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14618 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14619 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14622 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14626 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14629 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14632 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14638 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14640 num
= get_number (&p
);
14642 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14644 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14646 set_ignore_count (num
,
14647 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14650 printf_filtered ("\n");
14653 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14654 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14657 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
14658 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14663 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14665 if (args
== 0 || *args
== '\0')
14666 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14668 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14670 while (!parser
.finished ())
14672 const char *p
= parser
.cur_tok ();
14673 bool match
= false;
14675 num
= parser
.get_number ();
14678 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14682 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14683 if (b
->number
== num
)
14686 function (b
, data
);
14690 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14695 static struct bp_location
*
14696 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14698 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14702 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14703 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14708 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14710 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14712 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14713 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14718 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14719 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14722 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14724 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14728 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14731 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14737 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14738 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14739 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14742 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14744 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14745 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14746 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14747 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14750 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14752 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14753 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14755 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14756 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14758 struct bp_location
*location
;
14760 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14761 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14764 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14766 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14769 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14772 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14774 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14777 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14778 disable_breakpoint. */
14781 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14783 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14787 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14791 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14793 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14794 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14795 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14799 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14803 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14805 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14812 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14814 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14815 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14816 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14817 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14819 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14822 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14823 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14829 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14832 int target_resources_ok
;
14834 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14837 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14838 target_resources_ok
=
14839 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14841 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14842 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14843 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14844 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14847 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14849 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14850 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14854 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14856 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14857 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14858 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14860 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14862 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14863 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14870 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14872 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14873 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14875 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14876 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14878 struct bp_location
*location
;
14880 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14881 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14884 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14885 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14886 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14888 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14893 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14895 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14899 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14901 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14904 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14905 enable_breakpoint. */
14908 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14910 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14913 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14914 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14915 in stopping the inferior. */
14918 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14922 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14924 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14925 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14926 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14930 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14934 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14936 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14943 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14945 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14946 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14947 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14948 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14950 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14953 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14954 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14959 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14969 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14971 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14973 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14977 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14979 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14981 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14985 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14987 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14991 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14993 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14995 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14999 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15004 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
15006 count
= get_number (&args
);
15008 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
15012 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15014 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
15016 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15020 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15022 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15026 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15031 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15035 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15036 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15040 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
15041 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
15042 const bfd_byte
*data
)
15044 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15046 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15047 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
15048 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
15050 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
15052 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
15054 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15056 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15057 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15058 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
15059 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
15061 value_free (wp
->val
);
15069 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15072 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15073 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15076 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
15077 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
15078 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
15080 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
15082 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
15083 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
15086 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
15088 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
15089 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
15090 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
15092 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
15095 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
15098 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
15100 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
15101 VEC (CORE_ADDR
) * next_pcs
;
15103 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
15105 if (next_pcs
!= NULL
)
15109 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
15110 struct address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
15112 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (CORE_ADDR
, next_pcs
, i
, pc
); i
++)
15113 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
15115 VEC_free (CORE_ADDR
, next_pcs
);
15123 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15126 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
15127 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15130 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15132 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15134 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
15140 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15144 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15147 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15149 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15151 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
15152 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
15158 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15160 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15162 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15164 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15165 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15169 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15171 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15173 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
15175 if (location
!= NULL
15176 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
15177 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15179 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15181 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15183 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15185 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15186 0 /* Ignore count */,
15187 pending_break_support
,
15191 0 /* internal */, 0);
15195 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15197 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
15199 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15201 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15203 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15204 0 /* Ignore count */,
15205 pending_break_support
,
15206 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15209 0 /* internal */, 0);
15212 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15215 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15217 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15218 event_location_up location
;
15219 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15221 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15222 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15223 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
15225 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15226 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
);
15230 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15231 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15234 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15236 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15238 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15239 0 /* Ignore count */,
15240 pending_break_support
,
15244 0 /* internal */, 0);
15247 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15248 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15250 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15251 static int next_cmd
;
15254 read_uploaded_action (void)
15258 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15265 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15266 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15267 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15268 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15269 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15271 struct tracepoint
*
15272 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15274 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15275 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15277 if (utp
->at_string
)
15278 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15281 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15282 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15283 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15285 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15286 "source location, using raw address"),
15288 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15289 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15292 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15293 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15294 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15295 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15298 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
15300 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15302 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
15303 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15305 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15306 0 /* Ignore count */,
15307 pending_break_support
,
15308 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15310 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15312 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15315 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15316 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15317 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15321 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15324 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15327 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15328 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15329 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15331 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15333 command_line_up cmd_list
;
15338 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15340 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, std::move (cmd_list
));
15342 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15343 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15344 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15345 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15348 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15349 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15350 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15355 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15359 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15361 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15364 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15366 if (num_printed
== 0)
15368 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15369 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
15371 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15374 default_collect_info ();
15377 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15378 Not supported by all targets. */
15380 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15382 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15385 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15386 Not supported by all targets. */
15388 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15390 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15393 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15395 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15397 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15403 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15405 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15406 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15407 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15409 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15410 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15412 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15416 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15418 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15420 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15421 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15422 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15426 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15429 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15432 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15434 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15435 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15437 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15438 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15441 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15443 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15444 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15445 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15448 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15450 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15451 unsigned int count
;
15453 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15454 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15455 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15457 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15459 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15460 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15462 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15464 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15466 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15468 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15470 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15471 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15474 else if (*args
== '\0')
15476 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15478 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15482 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
15483 while (!parser
.finished ())
15485 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
15487 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15492 struct tracepoint
*
15493 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15495 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15497 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15498 if (t
->number
== num
)
15499 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15504 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15505 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15508 struct tracepoint
*
15509 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15511 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15513 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15515 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15517 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15524 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15525 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15526 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15527 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15529 struct tracepoint
*
15530 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15531 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
15533 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15535 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15537 if (parser
!= NULL
)
15539 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
15540 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
15542 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15543 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15545 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15549 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15550 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15553 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15557 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15558 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15560 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15563 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15568 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15570 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15571 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15574 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15576 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15579 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15580 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15581 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15585 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15586 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15588 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15590 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15591 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15593 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15594 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15596 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15597 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15599 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15600 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15603 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15604 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15609 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15611 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15613 /* We can stop searching. */
15620 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15624 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15625 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15629 if (!fp
.open (filename
, "w"))
15630 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15631 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15633 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15634 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
15636 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15638 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15639 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15642 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15643 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15646 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15648 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15649 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15652 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15653 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15655 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15656 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15658 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15660 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15662 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15665 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15667 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15669 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15670 throw_exception (ex
);
15674 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15675 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15678 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15679 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15681 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15682 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15683 special, and not user visible. */
15684 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15686 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15689 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15691 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15695 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15696 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15699 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15700 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15703 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15706 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15708 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15711 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15714 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15716 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15719 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15721 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15722 all_tracepoints (void)
15724 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15725 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15727 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15729 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15736 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15737 locations used by several commands. */
15739 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15740 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15741 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15742 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15743 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15744 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15746 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15747 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15748 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15750 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15751 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15752 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15753 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15754 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15756 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15757 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15758 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15761 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15762 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15763 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15764 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15765 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15766 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15767 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15770 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15771 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15773 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15774 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15775 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15776 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15777 conditions are different.\n\
15779 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15781 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15782 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15784 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15785 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15788 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15789 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15790 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15791 void *user_data_catch
,
15792 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15794 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15796 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15798 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15799 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15800 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15802 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15804 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15805 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15806 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15810 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15812 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15813 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15814 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15817 struct breakpoint
*
15818 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15821 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15823 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15825 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15832 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15833 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15836 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15838 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15839 non-inline function. */
15840 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15846 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15847 have been inlined. */
15850 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15851 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15853 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15854 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15856 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15858 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15861 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15863 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15864 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15872 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15875 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15877 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15879 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15880 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15881 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15885 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15887 static int initialized
= 0;
15889 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15895 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15896 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15897 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15898 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15899 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15900 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15901 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15902 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15903 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15904 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15905 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15906 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15908 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15909 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15910 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15911 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15912 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15913 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15914 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15915 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15917 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15918 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15919 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15920 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15921 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15922 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15923 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15924 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15925 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15926 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15928 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15929 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15930 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15931 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15932 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15933 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15934 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15936 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15937 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15938 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15939 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15940 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15941 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15942 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15944 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15945 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15946 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15947 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15949 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15950 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15951 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15952 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15953 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15954 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15955 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15958 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15959 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15960 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15961 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15962 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15963 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15964 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15965 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15966 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15967 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15968 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15969 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15970 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15971 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15973 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15974 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15975 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15976 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15977 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15978 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15979 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15980 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15981 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15982 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15983 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15986 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15987 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15988 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15989 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15990 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15991 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15992 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15993 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15994 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15995 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15997 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15998 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15999 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16000 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
16001 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
16003 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16004 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
16005 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16006 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
16007 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16008 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
16010 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16011 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
16012 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16013 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
16014 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
16015 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
16016 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
16017 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
16018 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
16019 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
16021 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16022 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
16023 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16024 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
16025 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
16026 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
16027 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
16028 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
16029 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
16030 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
16032 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16033 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
16034 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16035 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
16036 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
16037 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
16038 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
16039 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
16040 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
16041 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
16042 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
16044 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16045 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
16046 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16047 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
16048 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
16049 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
16050 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
16051 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
16052 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
16053 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16054 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16055 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16057 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16058 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16059 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16060 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16061 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16062 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16063 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16064 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16065 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
16068 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16070 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16073 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16075 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16077 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16079 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16080 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16081 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16083 breakpoint_objfile_key
16084 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16086 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16087 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16088 before a breakpoint is set. */
16089 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16091 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16093 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16094 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16095 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16097 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16098 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
16099 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16100 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
16102 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16103 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16104 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16105 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16106 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16108 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16109 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16110 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16111 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16112 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16114 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16115 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16116 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16117 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16118 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16120 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16121 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16123 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16124 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16125 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16126 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16128 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16129 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16131 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16132 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16133 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16134 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16136 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16137 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16139 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16140 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16141 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16142 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16143 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16144 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16145 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16147 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16149 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16150 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16151 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16152 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16153 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16154 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16156 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16157 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16158 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16161 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16162 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16163 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16166 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16167 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16168 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16169 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16172 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16173 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16174 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16177 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16178 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16179 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16182 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16183 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16184 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16185 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16188 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16189 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16190 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16191 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16192 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16193 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16194 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16195 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16197 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16198 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16199 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16200 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16201 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16202 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16205 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16206 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16207 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16208 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16210 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16211 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16212 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16213 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16214 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16216 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16217 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16218 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16219 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16220 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16223 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16224 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
16225 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
16227 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16228 is executing in.\n"
16229 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16230 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16231 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16233 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16234 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
16235 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16236 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16238 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16239 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16240 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16241 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16245 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16246 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16247 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16248 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16249 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16250 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16251 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16252 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16253 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16254 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16255 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16256 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16257 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16258 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16259 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16260 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16262 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16263 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16264 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16265 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16266 breakpoint set."));
16269 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16270 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16271 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16272 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16273 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16274 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16275 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16276 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16277 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16279 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16280 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16281 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16282 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16283 breakpoint set."));
16285 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16287 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16288 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16289 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16290 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16291 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16292 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16293 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16294 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16295 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16296 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16297 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16298 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16299 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16301 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16302 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16303 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16304 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16306 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16308 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16309 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16310 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16311 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16313 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16314 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16315 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16316 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16318 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16319 catch_fork_command_1
,
16321 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16322 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16323 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16324 catch_fork_command_1
,
16326 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16327 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16328 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16329 catch_exec_command_1
,
16333 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16334 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16335 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16336 catch_load_command_1
,
16340 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16341 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16342 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16343 catch_unload_command_1
,
16348 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16349 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16350 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16351 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16352 an expression changes.\n\
16353 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16354 the memory to which it refers."));
16355 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16357 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16358 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16359 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16360 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16361 an expression is read.\n\
16362 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16363 the memory to which it refers."));
16364 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16366 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16367 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16368 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16369 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16370 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16371 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16372 the memory to which it refers."));
16373 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16375 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16376 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16378 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16379 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16380 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16381 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16382 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16383 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16384 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16385 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16386 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16389 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16390 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16392 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16394 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16396 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16397 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16399 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16400 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16401 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16403 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16404 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16405 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16406 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16408 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16409 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16411 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16412 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16413 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16415 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16416 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16418 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16419 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16420 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16421 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16422 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16423 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16424 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16425 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16426 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16428 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16429 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16430 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16431 conditions are different.\n\
16433 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16434 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16435 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16437 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16438 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16439 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16440 last tracepoint set."));
16442 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16444 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16445 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16446 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16447 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16449 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16451 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16452 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16453 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16454 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16456 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16458 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16459 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16460 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16461 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16463 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16465 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16466 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16467 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16468 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16469 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16471 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16472 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16473 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16474 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16476 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16477 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16478 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16479 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16480 session to restore them."),
16482 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16484 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16485 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16486 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16488 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16490 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16491 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16493 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16494 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16495 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16496 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16497 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16498 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16499 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16500 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16501 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16502 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16503 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16504 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16506 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16507 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16508 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16509 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16510 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16511 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16512 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16513 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16515 show_pending_break_support
,
16516 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16517 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16519 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16521 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16522 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16523 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16524 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16525 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16526 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16527 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16529 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16530 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16531 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16533 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16534 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16535 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16536 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16537 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16538 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16539 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16540 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16541 when execution stops."),
16543 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16544 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16545 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16547 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16548 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16549 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16550 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16551 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16552 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16553 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16554 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16555 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16556 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16557 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16558 be set to \"gdb\""),
16559 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16560 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16561 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16562 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16564 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16565 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16566 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16567 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16568 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16569 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16570 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16571 or the start of the range\n\
16572 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16573 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16574 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16576 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16577 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16578 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16580 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16581 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16582 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16583 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16584 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16585 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16587 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16588 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16589 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16590 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16591 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16592 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16593 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16594 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16595 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16596 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16597 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16598 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16600 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16601 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16602 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16603 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16604 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16605 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16606 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16608 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16609 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16610 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16611 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16612 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16613 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16614 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16616 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16617 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16618 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16619 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16620 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16621 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16624 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16626 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16627 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16628 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16630 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16632 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16633 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);